Patent Application
20240190870
Fibroblast growth factor (FGF) has been recognized as an important mediator of many physiological processes, such as morphogenesis during development, fibrosis, and angiogenesis. The fibroblast growth factor receptor (FGFR) family consists of five members four of which (FGFR 1-4) are glycoproteins composed of extracellular immunoglobulin (Ig)-like domains, a hydrophobic transmembrane region and a cytoplasmic part containing a tyrosine kinase domain. FGF binding leads to FGFR dimerization, followed by receptor autophosphorylation and activation of downstream signaling pathways. Receptor activation is sufficient for the recruitment and activation of specific downstream signaling partners that participate in the regulation of diverse processes such as cell growth, cell metabolism and cell survival. Thus, the FGF/FGFR signaling pathway has pleiotropic effects on many biological processes critical to tumor cell proliferation, migration, invasion, and angiogenesis.
Provided herein are compounds of the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A, X1, X2, X3, X4, Y, Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4, Z, Z1, R2 and R6 are as defined herein.
Provided herein are compounds of the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A, X1, X2, Y, Y1, Y2, Z, Z1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6 and R9 are as defined herein.
Provided herein are compounds of the formula:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein A, X1, X2, Y, Y1, Y2, Z′, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 are as defined herein.
Provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, or excipients.
Provided herein are methods of using the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions thereof, to treat systemic sclerosis, fibrosis, pulmonary fibrosis, achondroplasia, thanatophoric dysplasia, severe achondroplasia with developmental delay and acanthosis nigricans (SADDAN), muenke syndrome or proliferative disorders such as cancer, particularly to treat FGFR3-associated cancer. The methods include administering an effective amount of a compound of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to a patient in need.
Provided herein are compounds believed to have clinical use for the treatment of systemic sclerosis, fibrosis, pulmonary fibrosis, achondroplasia, thanatophoric dysplasia, severe achondroplasia with developmental delay and acanthosis nigricans (SADDAN), muenke syndrome, proliferative disorders such as cancer and particularly for the treatment of FGFR3-associated cancer.
Certain compounds provided herein have superior FGFR3 potency compared to certain previously known FGFR inhibitors. Certain compounds provided herein have superior selectivity for FGFR3 over FGFR1 compared to certain previously known FGFR inhibitors, reducing potential dose limiting toxicity caused by inhibition of FGFR1 (e.g. hyperphosphatemia).
The compounds provided herein are of formula:
In formula (III),
In formula (II) and (III),
In the compounds of formula (I), (II) or (III), X1 can be C, and X2 can be N; or X1 can be N, and X2 can be C.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II) or (III), X1 can be C, and X2 can be N, forming:
wherein * indicates the connection point to A in formula (I), (II) or (III).
In the compounds of formula (I), (II) or (III), X1 can be N, and X2 can be C, forming:
wherein * indicates the connection point to A in formula (I), (II) or (III).
The specific chemical naming conventions used herein are intended to be familiar to one of skill in the chemical arts. Some terms are defined specifically for additional clarity.
As used herein, the term “alkyl” refers to a hydrocarbon chain that may be a straight chain or branched chain, containing the indicated number of carbon atoms. For example, the term “C1-C5 alkyl” as used herein refers to saturated linear or branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radicals of one, two, three, four or five carbon atoms. Examples of C1-C5 alkyl include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, 1-propyl, isopropyl, 1-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, 2-methyl-2-propyl, pentyl, and neopentyl. Examples of C1-C4 alkyl include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, 1-propyl, isopropyl, 1-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, and 2-methyl-2-propyl. Examples of C1-C3 alkyl include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, 1-propyl or isopropyl.
As used herein, the term “cycloalkyl” means a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon group containing the indicated number of carbon atoms. For example, the term “3-6 membered cycloalkyl” as used herein refers to a saturated cyclic hydrocarbon group having three, four, five or six carbon atoms. Examples of 3-6 membered cycloalkyl include, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.
As used herein, the term “heterocycloalkyl” means a saturated cyclic group containing the indicated number of atoms selected from C(O)0-1, N, O and S(O)0-2. For example, the term “5-6 membered heterocycloalkyl” as used herein refers to a saturated cyclic ring system having five or six ring atoms, one, two or three of which are selected from N, O and S(O)0-2, the remainder being C(O)0-1. Examples of 4-6 membered heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidin-2-onyl, dioxanyl, morpholinyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydropyranyl, oxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl oxozolid-2-onyl and isothiazolid-2-onyl. Examples of 5-6 membered heterocycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidin-2-onyl, dioxanyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydropyranyl, oxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl oxozolid-2-onyl and isothiazolid-2-onyl.
As used herein, the term “aryl” refers to an aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having the indicated number of carbon atoms. For example, the term “5-6 membered aryl” as used herein refers to an aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having five or six carbon atoms. Examples of 5-6 membered aryls include cyclopentadienyl and phenyl.
As used herein, the term “heteroaryl” refers to an aromatic cyclic group having the indicated number of atoms selected from C, N, O and S. For example, the term “5-6 membered heteroaryl” as used herein refers to an aromatic cyclic group having five or six ring atoms, one, two or three of which are selected from N, O and S, the remainder being C. Examples of 5-6 membered heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thiophenyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl and thiadiazolyl. Examples of 6 membered heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl and pyridazinyl.
As used herein the term “halogen” or “halo” refers to F (fluoro), Cl (chloro), Br (bromo) and I (iodo).
As used herein the term “halomethyl” refers to —CH3, in which one or more hydrogen atoms is/are replaced with an independently selected halo.
As used herein the term “oxo” refers to the substitution of CH2 with O to form C(O).
As used herein the term “N(C1-C3 alkyl)2” allows the independent selection of each C1-C3 alkyl substituent, for example, N may be substituted by methyl and ethyl.
As used herein the substituent —NR4C(O) is connected to R2 through N.
Also provided is a compound of the formula:
A is pyrazole, triazole, thiadiazole or oxadiazole, optionally substituted with R1;
In the compound of formula (IIA), X1A can be CH, and X2A can be N, forming:
wherein * indicates the connection point to A in formula (IIA), forming a compound of the formula:
In the compound of formula (IIA), X1A can be N, and X2A can be CH, forming:
wherein * indicates the connection point to A in formula (IIA), forming a compound of the formula:
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, 1,2,4 triazole, 1,2,3 thiadiazole, 1,2,4 thiadiazole, 1,2,5 thiadiazole, 1,3,4 thiadiazole, 1,2,3 oxadiazole, 1,2,4 oxadiazole, 1,2,5 oxadiazole, or 1,3,4 oxadiazole, substituted with R1 and R1A.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A, wherein R1A is hydrogen and R1 is C1-C3 alkyl.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A, wherein R1A is hydrogen and R1 is CH3.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, 1,2,4 triazole, 1,2,3 thiadiazole, 1,2,4 thiadiazole, 1,2,5 thiadiazole, 1,3,4 thiadiazole, 1,2,3 oxadiazole, 1,2,4 oxadiazole, 1,2,5 oxadiazole, or 1,3,4 oxadiazole, optionally substituted with R1.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, optionally substituted with R1.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with CH3.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), A can be:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z or Z′ and ** indicates the other connection point from A in formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III); and R1 can be C1-C3 alkyl.
In the compounds of formula (I), Z can be CHR9A, cyclobutyl, azetidine, pyrrolidine or piperidine.
In the compounds of formula (I), Z can be a bond,
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z1 and ** indicates the connection point to A in formula (I).
In the compounds of formula (I), Z can be a bond,
In the compounds of formula (II) or (IIA), Z can be CHR9A, azetidine, pyrrolidine or piperidine.
In the compounds of formula (II) or (IIA), Z can be a bond,
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z1 and ** indicates the connection point to A in formula (II) or (IIA).
In the compounds of formula (II) or (IIA), Z can be:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z1 and ** indicates the connection point to A in formula (II) or (IIA).
In the compounds of formula (I), (II) or (IIA), Z can be CHR9A, Z1 can be selected from CH2 or CH2—CH2, and R9 can be fused with R9A to form CH2 or CH2—CH2.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II) or (IIA), Z can be CHR9A, Z1 can be CH2, and R9 can be fused with R9A to form CH2 or CH2—CH2.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II) or (IIA), Z can be CHR9A, Z1 can be CH2—CH2, and R9 can be fused with R9A to form CH2 or CH2—CH2.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II) or (IIA), Z can be CHR9A, Z1 can be selected from CH2 or CH2—CH2, and R9 can be fused with R9A to form CH2.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II) or (IIA), Z can be CHR9A, Z1 can be selected from CH2 or CH2—CH2, and R9 can be fused with R9A to form CH2—CH2.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II) or (IIA), Z can be CHR9A, Z1 can be CH2, and R9 can be fused with R9A to form CH2.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II) or (IIA), Z can be CHR9A, Z1 can be CH2—CH2, and R9 can be fused with R9A to form CH2—CH2.
In the compounds of formula (III), Z′ can be:
wherein ** indicates the connection point to A and * indicates the other connection point from Z′ in formula (III).
In the compounds of formula (III), Z′ can be:
wherein ** indicates the connection point to A and * indicates the other connection point from Z′ in formula (III).
In the compounds of formula (I), (II) or (IIA), Z can be a bond.
In the compounds of formula (III), Z′ can be a bond.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II) or (IIA), Z1 can be a bond.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), Y can be NH or O.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), Y can be O.
In the compounds of formula (I), Y1 can be a bond, CHR7, CH2—CHR7 or CHR7—CH2, wherein R7 is selected from hydrogen, F, OH and CH3; and Y2 can a bond, CHR3, CH2—CHR3 or CHR3—CH2, wherein R3 is selected from hydrogen, F, OH and CH3.
In the compounds of formula (I), Y1 can be a bond or CHR7, wherein R7 is hydrogen, F, OH or CH3; and Y2 can a bond or CHR3, wherein R3 is hydrogen, F, OH or CH3.
In the compounds of formula (I), Y1 can be a bond, CHR7, CH2—CHR7 or CHR7—CH2, wherein R7 is hydrogen, F, OH or CH3; and Y2 can a bond, CHR3, CH2—CHR3 or CHR3—CH2, wherein R3 is hydrogen, F, OH or CH3, forming:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z1 in formula (I).
In the compounds of formula (I), Y1 can be a bond or CHR7, wherein R7 is hydrogen, F, OH or CH3; and Y2 can a bond or CHR3, wherein R3 is hydrogen, F, OH or CH3, forming:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z1 in formula (I).
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), Y1 can be a bond, CH2, or CH2—CH2; and Y2 can be a bond, CH2, CF2 or CH2—CH2, forming:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z1 in formula (II) or (IIA), or Z′ in formula (III).
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), Y1 can be a bond, CH2, or CH2—CH2; and Y2 can be a bond, CH2, or CF2, forming:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z1 in formula (II) or (IIA), or Z′ in formula (III).
In the compounds of formula (I), R1A can be hydrogen, or C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, OH, and OCH3.
In the compounds of formula (I), R1A can be hydrogen or CH3.
In the compounds of formula (I), R1A can be hydrogen.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R1 can be methyl, ethyl or propyl.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R1 can be methyl.
In the compounds of formula (I), R2 can be C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents independently selected from halo, OH, CN, oxo, —OC1-C4 alkyl, —OC3-C5 cycloalkyl, —Z2—R11 and R10, wherein C1-C4 alkyl and C3-C5 cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, OH, OCH3, methylamine, N,N-dimethylamine and CN.
In the compounds of formula (I), R2 can be C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from F, OH, CN, oxo, —OCH3, —OC3 cycloalkyl and R10.
In the compounds of formula (I), R2 can be:
In the compounds of formula (I), R2 can be:
In the compounds of formula (I), R2 can be:
In the compounds of formula (I), R2 can be:
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), R2 can be C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from OH, methoxy, halomethyl and R10.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), R2 can be C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from OH, methoxy, halomethyl and R10.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), R2 can be C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from OH, methoxy, halomethyl and R10.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), R2 can be C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from OH, methoxy, halomethyl and R10.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), R2 can be C1-C2 alkyl optionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from OH, methoxy, halomethyl and R10.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), R2 can be:
optionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from OH, CF3 and methoxy, wherein * indicates the connection point to Y in formula (II), (IIA) or (III).
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), R2 can be:
optionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from OH, CF3 and methoxy, wherein * indicates the connection point to Y in formula (II), (IIA) or (III).
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), R2 can be:
optionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from OH, CF3 and methoxy, wherein * indicates the connection point to Y in formula (II), (IIA) or (III).
In the compounds of formula (I), Y3 can be CR4R5 or CF2, wherein R4 is hydrogen or CH3 and R5 is hydrogen, F, OH or CH3; and Y4 is CR3R4 or CF2 wherein R4 is hydrogen or CH3, and R3 is hydrogen, F, OH or CH3.
In the compounds of formula (I), Y3 can be CR4R5, wherein R4 is hydrogen and R5 is fused with one R3 to form CH2, CH2—CH2 or CH2OCH2; and Y4 is CR3R4 wherein R4 is hydrogen, and R3 is fused with R5 to form CH2, CH2—CH2 or CH2OCH2.
In the compounds of formula (I), Y3 can be CR4R5, wherein R4 is hydrogen and R5 is fused with one R3 to form CH2, CH2—CH2 or CH2OCH2; and Y4 is CR3R4 wherein R4 is hydrogen, and R3 is fused with R5 to form CH2, CH2—CH2 or CH2OCH2, forming:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z1 in formula (I).
In the compounds of formula (I), X4 can be N or C—R9 wherein R9 is hydrogen or CH3.
In the compounds of formula (I), X4 can be C—R9 wherein R9 is fused with R9A to form CH2 or CH2—CH2; and Z1 is CH2 or CH2—CH2.
In the compounds of formula (I), X4 can be N or CH.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), R3 can be hydrogen, C1-C3 alkyl, or fused with R5 to form CH2 or CH2—CH2.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), R3 can be hydrogen, C1-C2 alkyl, or fused with R5 to form CH2 or CH2—CH2.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), R3 can be hydrogen or methyl.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), R4 can be hydrogen or C1-C2 alkyl.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), R4 can be hydrogen or methyl.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), R3 and R4 can be hydrogen.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), R5 can be hydrogen.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), R5 can fuse with one R3 to form CH2—CH2.
In the compounds of formula (I), R6 can be CN, F, Cl, CH3, CF3 or cyclopropyl.
In the compounds of formula (I), R6 can be CN, F or Cl.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R6 can be CN or Cl.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R6 can be CN.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), R7 can be hydrogen.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), R7 can fuse with one R3 to form CH2.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R8 can be 5-6 membered cycloalkyl, 5-6 membered heterocycloalkyl, 5-6 membered aryl or 5-6 membered heteroaryl, optionally fused or substituted with R8A.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R8 can be 5-6 membered cycloalkyl, or 5-6 membered heterocycloalkyl, optionally fused with R8A.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R8 can be cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, phenyl or pyridinyl, optionally fused with R8A.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R8 can be cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl or tetrahydropyranyl, fused with R8A.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R8 can be cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl or tetrahydropyranyl, fused with R8A, wherein R8A can be phenyl or 6 membered heteroaryl.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R9 can be hydrogen.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R10 can be 3-6 membered cycloalkyl, 5-6 membered heterocycloalkyl, 5-6 membered aryl or 5-6 membered heteroaryl, optionally fused with R8A.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R10 can be 3-6 membered cycloalkyl, 5-6 membered heterocycloalkyl, phenyl or 5-6 membered heteroaryl, optionally fused with R8A.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R10 can be cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidin-2-onyl, dioxanyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydropyranyl, oxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, oxozolid-2-onyl, isothiazolid-2-onyl, phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thiophenyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl or thiadiazolyl, optionally fused with R8A.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R10 can be cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl or thiadiazolyl, optionally fused with R8A.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R10 can be cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl or thiadiazolyl, optionally fused with R8A.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R10 can be cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, phenyl, pyridinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl or isothiazolyl, optionally fused with R8A.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R10 can be cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidin-2-onyl, dioxanyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydropyranyl, oxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, oxozolid-2-onyl, isothiazolid-2-onyl, phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thiophenyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl or thiadiazolyl.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R10 can be cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl or thiadiazolyl.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R10 can be cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl or thiadiazolyl.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R10 can be cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, phenyl, pyridinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl or isothiazolyl.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), R10 can be 5-6 membered cycloalkyl, 5-6 membered heterocycloalkyl, phenyl or 5-6 membered heteroaryl, fused with R8A.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R10 can be cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, phenyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl or thiadiazolyl, fused with R8A.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R10 can be cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, phenyl or pyridinyl, fused with R8A.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R10 can be cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, phenyl or pyridinyl, fused with R8A.
In the compounds of formula (I, (II), (IIA) or (III), R10 can be cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, phenyl or pyridinyl, fused with R8A.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R10 can be cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl or pyridinyl, fused with R8A.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R10 can be phenyl or pyridinyl, fused with R8A wherein R8A can be 5-6 membered heterocycloalkyl or 5-6 membered heteroaryl.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R10 can be phenyl or pyridinyl, fused with R8A wherein R8A can be pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidin-2-onyl, dioxanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydropyranyl, oxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, oxozolid-2-onyl, isothiazolid-2-onyl furanyl, pyrrolyl, thiophenyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl or thiadiazolyl.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R10 can be phenyl or pyridinyl, fused with R8A wherein R8A can be tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydropyranyl, oxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, oxozolid-2-onyl, isothiazolid-2-onyl, furanyl, pyrrolyl, thiophenyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl or thiadiazolyl.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R10 can be phenyl or pyridinyl, fused with R8A wherein R8A can be tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydropyranyl, oxazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, oxozolid-2-only or isothiazolid-2-onyl.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II) or (IIA), where both Z and Z1 are a bond, together they form a single bond.
In the compounds of formula (I), Z can be CHR9A, Z1 can be CH2, X4 can be C—R9, and R9 can be fused with R9A to form CH2, forming:
wherein * indicates the connection point to A.
In the compounds of formula (II) or (IIA), Z can be CHR9A, Z1 can be CH2, and R9 can be fused with R9A to form CH2, forming:
wherein * indicates the connection point to A.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R5 can be fused with one R3 to form CH2—CH2, for example forming:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z1 in formula (I) or Z′ in formula (II), (IIA) or (III).
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), R8 can be cyclopentyl, fused with R8A, wherein R8A can be pyridinyl, for example forming:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Y.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A; and Y can be NH or O.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A, wherein R1A is hydrogen and R1 is C1-C3 alkyl; and Y can be NH or O.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1; and Y can be NH or O.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), A can be:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z or Z′ and ** indicates the other connection point from A in formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III); R1 can be C1-C3 alkyl; and Y can be NH or O.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A; and Y can be O.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A, wherein R1A is hydrogen and R1 is C1-C3 alkyl; and Y can be O.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1; and Y can be O.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), A can be:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z or Z′ and ** indicates the other connection point from A in formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III); R1 can be C1-C3 alkyl; and Y can be O.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A; and R6 can be CN, F, Cl, CH3, CF3 or cyclopropyl.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A, wherein R1A is hydrogen and R1 is C1-C3 alkyl; and R6 can be CN, F, Cl or CF3.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z or Z′ and ** indicates the other connection point from A in formula (I); and R6 can be CN, F, Cl, CH3, CF3 or cyclopropyl.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z or Z′ and ** indicates the other connection point from A in formula (I); and R6 can be CN, F, Cl or CF3.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1; and R6 can be CN or Cl.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), A can be:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z or Z′ and ** indicates the other connection point from A in formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III); R1 can be C1-C3 alkyl; and R6 can be CN or Cl.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A; R6 can be CN, F, Cl, CH3, CF3 or cyclopropyl; and Y can be NH or O.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A, wherein R1A is hydrogen and R1 is C1-C3 alkyl; R6 can be CN, F, Cl or CF3; and Y can be NH or O.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z or Z′ and ** indicates the other connection point from A in formula (I); R6 can be CN, F, Cl, CH3, CF3 or cyclopropyl; and Y can be NH or O.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z or Z′ and ** indicates the other connection point from A in formula (I); R6 can be CN, F, Cl or CF3; and Y can be NH or O.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1; R6 can be CN or Cl; and Y can be NH or O.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), A can be:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z or Z′ and ** indicates the other connection point from A in formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III); R1 can be C1-C3 alkyl; R6 can be CN or Cl; and Y can be NH or O.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A; R6 can be CN, F, Cl, CH3, CF3 or cyclopropyl; and Y can be O.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A, wherein R1A is hydrogen and R1 is C1-C3 alkyl; R6 can be CN, F, Cl or CF3; and Y can be O.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z or Z′ and ** indicates the other connection point from A in formula (I); R6 can be CN, F, Cl, CH3, CF3 or cyclopropyl; and Y can be O.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z or Z′ and ** indicates the other connection point from A in formula (I); R6 can be CN, F, Cl or CF3; and Y can be O.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1; R6 can be CN or Cl; and Y can be O.
In the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), A can be:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z or Z′ and ** indicates the other connection point from A in formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III); R1 can be C1-C3 alkyl; R6 can be CN or Cl; and Y can be O.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A; R6 can be CN, F, Cl, CH3, CF3 or cyclopropyl; Y can be NH or O; and R2 can be C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents independently selected from halo, OH, CN, oxo, —OC1-C4 alkyl, —OC3-C5 cycloalkyl, —Z2—R11 and R10, wherein C1-C4 alkyl and C3-C5 cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, OH, OCH3, methylamine, N,N-dimethylamine and CN.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A; R6 can be CN, F, Cl, CH3, CF3 or cyclopropyl; Y can be NH or O; and R2 can be C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from F, OH, CN, oxo, —OCH3, —OC3 cycloalkyl and R1.
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A; R6 can be CN, F, Cl or CF3; Y can be NH or O; and R2 can be:
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A; R6 can CN, F, Cl or CF3; Y can be NH or O; and R2 can be:
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A; R6 can be CN, F, Cl or CF3; Y can be NH or O; and R2 can be:
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A; R6 can CN, F, Cl or CF3; Y can be NH or O; and R2 can be:
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be:
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be:
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be:
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be:
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be:
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be:
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1; Y can be O; R6 can be CN or Cl; and R2 can be C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from OH, methoxy, halomethyl and R10.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), A can be:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z or Z′ and ** indicates the other connection point from A in formula (II), (IIA) or (III); Y can be O; R6 can be CN or Cl; and R2 can be C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from OH, methoxy, halomethyl and R10.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1; Y can be O; R6 can be CN or Cl; and R2 can be:
optionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from OH, CF3 and methoxy, wherein * indicates the connection point to Y in formula (II), (IIA) or (III).
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), A can be:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z or Z′ and ** indicates the other connection point from A in formula (II), (IIA) or (III); Y can be O; R6 can be CN or Cl; and R2 can be:
optionally substituted with one or two substituents independently selected from OH, CF3 and methoxy, wherein * indicates the connection point to Y in formula (II), (IIA) or (III).
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A; R6 can be CN, F, Cl, CH3, CF3 or cyclopropyl; Y can be NH or O; R2 can be C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents independently selected from halo, OH, CN, oxo, —OC1-C4 alkyl, —OC3-C5 cycloalkyl, —Z2—R11 and R10, wherein C1-C4 alkyl and C3-C5 cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, OH, OCH3, methylamine, N,N-dimethylamine and CN; and Z can be a bond,
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A; R6 can be CN, F, Cl, CH3, CF3 or cyclopropyl; Y can be NH or O; R2 can be C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from F, OH, CN, oxo, —OCH3, —OC3 cycloalkyl and R10; and Z can be a bond,
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A; R6 can be CN, F, Cl or CF3; Y can be NH or O; and R2 can be:
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A; R6 can CN, F, Cl or CF3; Y can be NH or O; and R2 can be:
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be:
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be:
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be:
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be:
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A; R6 can be CN, F, Cl, CH3, CF3 or cyclopropyl; Y can be NH or O; R2 can be C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two, three or four substituents independently selected from halo, OH, CN, oxo, —OC1-C4 alkyl, —OC3-C5 cycloalkyl, —Z2—R11 and R10, wherein C1-C4 alkyl and C3-C5 cycloalkyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from halo, OH, OCH3, methylamine, N,N-dimethylamine and CN; Z can be a bond,
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1 and R1A; R6 can be CN, F, Cl, CH3, CF3 or cyclopropyl; Y can be NH or O; R2 can be C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents independently selected from F, OH, CN, oxo, —OCH3, —OC3 cycloalkyl and R10; Z can be a bond,
In the compounds of formula (I), A can be:
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1; Y can be O; R6 can be CN or Cl; R2 can be C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from OH, methoxy, halomethyl and R10; Y1 can be a bond, CH2, or CH2—CH2; and Y2 can be a bond, CH2, CF2 or CH2—CH2.
In the compounds of formula (II), (IIA) or (III), A can be:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z or Z and ** indicates the other connection point from A in formula (II), (IIA) or (III); Y can be O; R6 can be CN or Cl; R2 can be C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from OH, methoxy, halomethyl and R10; Y1 can be a bond, CH2, or CH2—CH2; and Y2 can be a bond, CH2, CF2 or CH2—CH2.
In the compounds of formula (II) or (IIA), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1; Y can be O; R6 can be CN or Cl; R2 can be C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from OH, methoxy, halomethyl and R10; Y1 can be a bond, CH2, or CH2—CH2; Y2 can be a bond, CH2, CF2 or CH2—CH2; Z can be CHR9A; Z1 can be CH2; and R9 can be fused with R9A to form CH2.
In the compounds of formula (II) or (IIA), A can be:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z and ** indicates the other connection point from A in formula (II) or (IIA); Y can be O; R6 can be CN or Cl; R2 can be C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from OH, methoxy, halomethyl and R10; Y1 can be a bond, CH2, or CH2—CH2; and Y2 can be a bond, CH2, CF2 or CH2—CH2; Z can be CHR9A; Z1 can be CH2; and R9 can be fused with R9A to form CH2.
In the compounds of formula (III), A can be pyrazole, 1,2,3 triazole, or 1,2,4 triazole, substituted with R1; Y can be O; R6 can be CN or Cl; R2 can be C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from OH, methoxy, halomethyl and R10; Y1 can be a bond, CH2, or CH2—CH2; Y2 can be a bond, CH2, CF2 or CH2—CH2; and Z′ can be:
wherein ** indicates the connection point to A and * indicates the other connection point from Z′.
In the compounds of formula (III), A can be:
wherein * indicates the connection point to Z′ and ** indicates the other connection point from A in formula (I); Y can be O; R6 can be CN or Cl; R2 can be C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents independently selected from OH, methoxy, halomethyl and R10; Y1 can be a bond, CH2, or CH2—CH2; and Y2 can be a bond, CH2, CF2 or CH2—CH2; and Z′ can be:
wherein ** indicates the connection point to A and * indicates the other connection point from Z′.
In one embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein the bond at the * position is as represented,
For example, for the compound of formula:
where the bond at the * position is as represented,
forms the compounds:
In a further embodiment, the compounds of Formula are selected from the group consisting of:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, where the bond at the * position is as represented,
In a further embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, where the bond at the * position is as represented,
In a further embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, where the bond at the * position is as represented,
In a further embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, where the bond at the * position is as represented,
In a further embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, where the bond at the * position is as represented,
In a further embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, where the on at the position is as represented,
In a further embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable ssalt therof, where the bond at the * position is as represented,
In a further embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In a further embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I) are selected from the group consisting of:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, any or all hydrogens present in the compound, or in a particular group or moiety within the compound, may be replaced by a deuterium or a tritium. Thus, a recitation of alkyl includes deuterated alkyl, where from one to the maximum number of hydrogens present may be replaced by deuterium. For example, ethyl refers to both C2H5 or C2H5 where from 1 to 5 hydrogens are replaced by deuterium, such as in C2DxH5-x.
The compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III) provided herein may form pharmaceutically acceptable salts. The Examples provided herein may form pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Such pharmaceutically acceptable salts are intended to be included. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts and common methodology for preparing them are well known in the art (see, e.g., P. Stahl, et al. Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection and Use, 2nd Revised Edition (Wiley-VCH, 2011); S. M. Berge, et al., “Pharmaceutical Salts,” Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, Vol. 66, No. 1, January 1977).
The compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III) provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be mixed with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, or excipients. More particularly, the compounds of formula (II. (III. (IIA) or (III) provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be formulated as pharmaceutical compositions. Such pharmaceutical compositions and processes for preparing the same are well known in the art (see, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy (A. Gennaro, et al., eds., 21st ed., Mack Publishing Co., 2005)).
The compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III) provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and their pharmaceutical compositions can be administered by a variety of routes. Such routes of administration include oral and intravenous.
The compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III) provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be combined with one or more other therapeutic agents.
The compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III) provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be a component in a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of systemic sclerosis, fibrosis, pulmonary fibrosis, achondroplasia, thanatophoric dysplasia, severe achondroplasia with developmental delay and acanthosis nigricans (SADDAN), muenke syndrome or cancer with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, or excipients, and optionally with one or more additional therapeutic agents.
The compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III) provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be a component in a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of cancer with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, or excipients, and optionally with one or more additional therapeutic agents.
The compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III) provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, can be combined with one or more other therapeutic agents for simultaneous, separate or sequential administration.
The compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III) provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and their pharmaceutical compositions can be used in the methods described herein.
The compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III) provided herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, are generally effective over a wide dosage range. For example, dosages per day normally fall within the range of about 0.5 to about 100 mg/kg of body weight. In some instances, dosage levels below the lower limit of the aforesaid range may be more than adequate, while in other cases still larger doses may be employed without causing any harmful side effect, and therefore the above dosage range is not intended to limit the scope of the invention in any way. It will be understood that the amount of the compound actually administered will be determined by a physician, in the light of the relevant circumstances, including the condition to be treated, the chosen route of administration, the actual compound or compounds administered, the age, weight, and response of the individual patient, and the severity of the patient's symptoms.
Certain compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, selectively target FGFR3. For example, certain compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, selectively target FGFR3 over another FGFR. For example, certain compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, selectively target FGFR3 over FGFR1. For example, certain compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, are at least about 3 fold (e.g. at least about 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-, 8-, 9-, 10-, 15-, 20-, 30-, 40-, 50-fold, or more) more selective for FGFR3 than for FGFR1.
As used herein, the term “selectivity” of a compound refers to the compound having more potent activity at the first target than the second target. A fold selectivity can be calculated by any method known in the art. For example, a fold selectivity can be calculated by dividing the IC50 value of a compound for the second target (e.g., FGFR1) by the IC50 value of the same compound for the first target (e.g., FGFR3). An IC50 value can be determined by any method known in the art. For example, an IC50 value can be determined as described in the assays below.
As used herein, the term “cancer” refers to or describes the physiological condition in patients that is typically characterized by unregulated cell proliferation. Included in this definition are benign and malignant cancers.
As used herein, the term “FGFR3-associated cancer” refers to cancers associated with or having a dysregulation of the FGFR3 gene, the FGFR3 kinase protein, or expression or activity, or level of any of the same. Non-limiting examples of FGFR3-associated cancer are described herein. As used herein an “FGFR3-associated cancer” includes but is not limited to breast cancer (e.g. invasive ductal cancer, invasive lobular cancer), lung cancer (e.g. non-small-cell lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, squamous cell lung cancer and small-cell lung cancer), urothelial cancer, bladder cancer (e.g. urothelial bladder cancer, non-muscle invasive bladder cancer, muscle invasive bladder cancer), upper tract cancer (e.g. urothelial upper tract cancer), urethral cancer, gastric cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, colorectal cancer, multiple myeloma, liver cancer, melanoma (e.g. cutaneous melanoma), head and neck cancer (e.g. oral cancer), thyroid cancer, renal cancer (e.g. renal pelvis cancer), glioblastoma, endometrial cancer, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, and testicular cancer.
As used herein, the term “treating” (or “treatment”) refers to restraining, slowing, stopping, or reversing the progression or severity of an existing symptom, condition or disorder.
As used herein, the term “patient” refers to a mammal, particularly a human.
Provided herein are methods of treating systemic sclerosis, fibrosis, pulmonary fibrosis, achondroplasia, thanatophoric dysplasia, severe achondroplasia with developmental delay and acanthosis nigricans (SADDAN), muenke syndrome or cancer, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Provided herein are methods of treating cancer, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment an effective amount of the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Provided in the methods herein, the cancer is selected from the group consisting of breast cancer (e.g. invasive ductal cancer, invasive lobular cancer), lung cancer (e.g. non-small-cell lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, squamous cell lung cancer and small-cell lung cancer), urothelial cancer, bladder cancer (e.g. urothelial bladder cancer, non-muscle invasive bladder cancer, muscle invasive bladder cancer), upper tract cancer (e.g. urothelial upper tract cancer), urethral cancer, gastric cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, colorectal cancer, multiple myeloma, liver cancer, melanoma (e.g. cutaneous melanoma), head and neck cancer (e.g. oral cancer), thyroid cancer, renal cancer (e.g. renal pelvis cancer), glioblastoma, endometrial cancer, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, and testicular cancer. Particularly, the cancer is selected from the group consisting of breast cancer (e.g. invasive ductal cancer, invasive lobular cancer), lung cancer (e.g. non-small-cell lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, squamous cell lung cancer and small-cell lung cancer), urothelial cancer, bladder cancer (e.g. urothelial bladder cancer, non-muscle invasive bladder cancer, muscle invasive bladder cancer), upper tract cancer (e.g. urothelial upper tract cancer), urethral cancer, pancreatic cancer, prostate cancer, colorectal cancer, melanoma (e.g. cutaneous melanoma), renal cancer (e.g. renal pelvis cancer), glioblastoma, endometrial cancer, and ovarian cancer. More particularly, the cancer is selected from the group consisting of breast cancer (e.g. invasive ductal cancer, invasive lobular cancer), lung cancer (e.g. non-small-cell lung cancer, lung adenocarcinoma, squamous cell lung cancer and small-cell lung cancer), urothelial cancer, bladder cancer (e.g. urothelial bladder cancer, non-muscle invasive bladder cancer, muscle invasive bladder cancer), upper tract cancer (e.g. urothelial upper tract cancer) and glioblastoma. Most particularly, the cancer is bladder cancer (e.g. urothelial bladder cancer, non-muscle invasive bladder cancer, muscle invasive bladder cancer).
The compounds provided herein can be prepared as illustrated in the preparations and examples below.
Certain abbreviations are defined as follows: “ACN” refers to acetonitrile; “AcOH” refers to acetic acid; “Ac2O” refers to acetic anhydride; “aq.” refers to aqueous; “AIBN” refers to azobisisobutyronitrile; “BINAP” refers to 2,2′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl; “Pd(DtBPF)Cl2” refers to [1,1-Bis(di-tert-butylphosphino) ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II); NBS” refers to N-bromosuccinimide; “n-BuOH” refers to n-butyl alcohol or n-butanol; “BOC” refers to tert-butyloxycarbonyl; “Boc2O” refers to di-tert-butyl dicarbonate; “BuLi” refers to butyl lithium; “CuSO4 5H2O” refers to copper sulfate pentahydrate; ‘CsF” refers to cesium fluoride; “F-TEDA” refers to 1-chloromethyl-4-fluoro-1,4-diazoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane; “CuI” refers to copper iodide; “DMP” refers to Dess-Martin periodinane; “DCE” refers to 1,2-dichloroethane; “DCM” refers to dichloromethane or methylene chloride; “DMEA” refers to dimethylethylamine; “NDM” refers to 1-dodecanethiol; “DEA” refers to diethanolamine; “DEAD” refers to diethyl azodicarboxylate; “DIAD” refers to diisopropyl azodicarboxylate; “DIEA” or “DIPEA” refers to N,N-diisopropylethylamine; “DMA” refers to N,N-dimethylaniline; “DMAP” refers to 4-dimethylaminopyridine; “DMF” refers to N,N-dimethylformamide; “DPPA” refers to diphenylphosphoryl azide; “EAA” refers to ethyl acetoacetate; “EtOAc” refers to ethyl acetate; “FA” refers to formic acid “hr” refers to hour or hours; “i-PrMgCl” refers to isopropyl magnesium chloride; “IPA” refers to isopropyl amine; “T3P” refers to propylphosphonic anhydride; “KOAc” refers to potassium acetate; “LiBH4” refers to lithium borohydride; “LDA” refers to lithium diisopropylamide; “MsCl” refers to methanesulfonyl chloride; “MTBE” refers to methyl tert-butyl ether; “NCS” refers to N-chlorosuccinimide; “NIS” refers to N-iodosuccinimide; ‘MeMgBr” refers to methyl magnesium bromide; “NMP” refers to N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone; “—OAc” refers to acetate; —“OMs” refers to methanesulfonate, also known as mesylate; “min” or “min.” refers to minute or minutes; “N2” refers to nitrogen; “sat.” or “sat'd” refers to saturated; “soln.” refers to solution; “—OTf” refers to trifluoromethanesulfonate, also known as triflate; “PCy3” refers to tricyclohexylphosphine; “Pd(AcO)2” refers to palladium(II) acetate; “Pd(dba)2” refers to bis(dibenzylideneacetone)palladium(0); “Pd2(dba)3” refers to tris(dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium(0); “Pd2(dba)3·CHCl3” refers to tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium-chloroform adduct; “Pd(dppf)Cl2” refers to [1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] dichloropalladium (II); “Pd(dppf)Cl2·CH2Cl2” refers to 1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino) ferrocene-palladium(II)dichloride dichloromethane complex; “PE” refers to petroleum ether; “K3PO4” refers to potassium phosphate; “RT” refers to room temperature; “PPh3” refers to triphenylphosphine; “Pd(PPh3)4” refers to tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0); “Ph” refers to phenyl; “NaH” refers to sodium hydride; “TBAF” refers to tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride; “TEA” refers to triethylamine; “TFA” refers to trifluoroacetic acid; “Tf2O” refers to trifluoromethane sulfonic anhydride; “THF” refers to tetrahydrofuran; “TsCl” referes to 4-toluenesulfonyl chloride; “TMSCF3” refers to (trifluoromethyl)trimethylsilane; “TMSOTf” refers to trimethylsilyltrifluoro methanesulfonate; “(CF3SO2)2O” refers to trifluoromethanesulfonic anhydride; “t(R)” refers to retention time; “Xantphos” refers to 4,5-bis(diphenylphosphino)-9,9-dimethylxanthene; “X-Phos” refers to 2-dicyclohexyl phosphino-2,4,6-triisopropylbiphenyl; “XPhos Pd G2” refers to chloro(2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-1,1′-biphenyl)[2-(2′-amino-1,1′-biphenyl)]palladium(II); and “XPhos Pd G4” refers to CAS #1599466-81-5; “ZnCl2” refers to zinc chloride.
Certain stereochemical centers have been left unspecified and certain substituents have been eliminated in the following schemes for the sake of clarity and are not intended to limit the teaching of the schemes in any way. Furthermore, individual isomers, enantiomers, and diastereomers may be separated or resolved by one of ordinary skill in the art at any convenient point in the synthesis of compounds of the invention, by methods such as selective crystallization techniques or chiral chromatography (See for example, J. Jacques, et al., “Enantiomers, Racemates, and Resolutions”, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1981, and E. L. Eliel and S. H. Wilen,” Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds”, Wiley-Interscience, 1994). The designations “isomer 1” and “isomer 2” refer to the compounds that elute from chiral chromatography first and second, respectively, under the conditions described herein and if chiral chromatography is initiated early in the synthesis, the same designation is applied to subsequent intermediates and examples. Where more than one chiral chromatography is conducted in the preparation, a further designation of “A” and “B” is provided where “A” refers to the compounds that elute first and “B” for those that elute second. For example “isomer 2A” refer to the first eluting compounds from the chiral chromatography of a compound previously designated “isomer 2”. Additionally, the intermediates described in the following schemes contain a number of nitrogen or oxygen protecting groups. The variable protecting group may be the same or different in each occurrence depending on the particular reaction conditions and the particular transformations to be performed. The protection and deprotection conditions are well known to the skilled artisan and are described in the literature (See for example “Greene's Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis”, Fourth Edition, by Peter G. M. Wuts and Theodora W. Greene, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. 2007).
In the schemes below, all substituents, unless otherwise indicated, are as previously defined. “PG” refers to a protecting group developed for the amino group, such as carbamates and amides, an example being a BOC protecting group. Such protecting groups are well known and appreciated in the art. The reagents and starting materials are generally readily available to one of ordinary skill in the art. Others may be made by standard techniques of organic and heterocyclic chemistry which are analogous to the syntheses of known structurally similar compounds and the procedures described in the Preparations and Examples which follow including any novel procedures. Intermediates and processes useful for the synthesis of the compounds of formula (I), (II), (IIA) or (III) are intended to be included in this description.
Scheme 1 depicts the preparation of compounds of (4) and (8) that lead to compound 13 through different routes and will be further elaborated to formula (I). A person of skill in the art will recognize that alcohol (1) may react with a mesyl chloride to afford mesylate (2) that can be further reacted with (3) to provide (4). Treatment of compound (4) with LDA and an appropriate alkylating agent may afford compound (8). Alternatively, one skilled in the art may start with compound (3) that is substituted bromide (3) that when reacted with mesylate (2) directly affords compounds of (8).
Compound (8) can also be synthesized through an alternative route as depicted in Scheme 1. Additionally, a skilled artisan will appreciate that alcohol (1) may react under Mitsunobu conditions to provide azide (5). Azide (5) may be condensed with a beta-keto ester to afford triazole ester (6) that can undergo saponification to provide carboxylic acid (7). Treatment of carboxylic acid (7) with bromine in the presence of base affords compounds of (8).
Scheme 1 further depicts the preparation of compounds of (12) and (13) that will be further elaborated to formula (I). A skilled artisan will recognize that compounds of (4) and (8) may be deprotected to give (9) and (11) that when reacted with triflate (10) result in bromide compounds of (12) and (13). Compound (12) may further be alkylated to give compounds of (13). A skilled artisan will appreciate that ketone compounds may be substituted for the triflate compounds of (10). Alternatively, reacting compound (9) or (11) with an appropriate ketone under reductive amination conditions may also afford compounds (12) or (13).
Scheme 2 depicts an alternative preparation of compounds of (12) and (13) that will be further elaborated to formula (I). A person of skill in the art will recognize that alcohol (14) may react with mesyl chloride to afford mesylate (15) that can be further reacted with a compound (3) to provide (12). Compounds of (12) may further be alkylated to furnish compounds of (13). Alternatively, compound (3) that is substituted may be reacted with (15) to directly give compounds of (13).
Additionally, compound (13) may also be synthesized from alternative routes as depicted in Scheme 2. Alcohol (14) may react under Mitsunobu conditions to provide azide (16). Azide (16) may be condensed with a beta-keto ester to afford triazole ester (17) that can undergo saponification to provide carboxylic acid (18). Treatment of carboxylic acid (18) with bromine in the presence of base affords bromide (13). Alternatively, azide (16) may be reacted with an appropriately substituted trimethylsilylalkyne to afford trimethylsilyl analog (19). Reaction of (19) with NBS in the presence of silicon dioxide provides compounds of (13).
Scheme 3 depicts the preparation of compounds of formula (I). Reaction of (20) with chloroacetaldehyde provides heteroaryl chloride (21) that may be demethylated to give (22). Compound (22) may react with alcohol (23) via Mitsunobu conditions to provide a R2 substituted heteroaryl chloride (24). A skilled artisan will recognize that when R2 is methyl, it is unnecessary to demethylate (22) to arrive at a R2 substituted (24). Conversion of heteroaryl chloride (24) to boronic acid (25) is achieved by treatment of (24) with bis(pinocolato)diboron under palladium catalyzed conditions. Boronic acid (25) may be reacted with bromide (13) to result in compounds of (26) through Suzuki coupling. Iodination of compounds of (26) in the presence of NIS provides (27) that may be further elaborated to provide R6 substituted compounds of (28). Alternatively, as would be known to one skilled in the art, compounds of (26) may be reacted with reagents such as NCS or NBS to afford R6 as chlorine or bromine directly without the intermediate iodination step to arrive at (28). Compounds of (28) are deprotected to provide compounds of (29). N-Cyanation of (29) results in N-cyanoamino compounds of formula (I).
Alternatively, a skilled artisan will appreciate that prior to conversion of (24) to boronic acid (25), compounds of (24) may first be iodinated then reacted with copper cyanide in DMF to afford a R6 substituted heteroaryl chloride (24). Next, the R6 substituted heteroaryl chloride (24) may be converted to a R6 substituted boronic acid R6 substituted (25) that can be reacted with bromide (13) to provide compounds of (28). Deprotection of (28) followed by N-cyanation results in N-cyanoamino compounds of formula (I).
Scheme 4 depicts the preparation of compounds of (37a). Reaction of (30) in the presence of 1-(chloromethyl)-4-fluoro-1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane-1,4-diium tetrafluoroborate affords the fluorinated bicyclic analog (31). Reaction of (31) with bis(pinocolato)diboron under palladium catalyzed conditions provides the boronate ester (32). Reaction of (32) with bromide (13) under palladium catalyzed conditions affords (34). Demethylation of (34) with aqueous sodium hydroxide and dodecane-1-thiol provides hydroxy bicyclic analog (35). Alkylation of (35) with the appropriate bromide gives compound (36). Deprotection of (36) followed by N-cyanation results in N-cyanoamino compounds of (37a).
Scheme 5 depicts an alternative preparation of cyanoamino compounds of Formula (I). One of ordinary skill will recognize that compounds of (30) may be demethylated to afford (38). Demethylated (38) may be reacted with alcohol (22) under Mitsunobu conditions to provide R2 substituted bromide compounds (39). Alternatively, Compound (39 may be alkylated by substituting R2OH (22) with the corresponding iodo analog R2I of (22). Conversion of R2 substituted bromide (39) to boronate ester (40) may be achieved by treating (39) with bis(pinocolato)diboron under palladium catalyzed conditions. Boronate ester (40) reacted with (13) results in compounds of (28) through Suzuki coupling. Alternatively, a skilled artisan will recognize that, as depicted in Scheme 5, methylated compounds of (30) may first be treated with bis(pinocolato)diboron under palladium catalyzed conditions to provide boronate ester (41). Boronate ester (41) may be reacted with (13) to give compounds of (42) through Suzuki coupling. A skilled artisan will recognize that compounds of (42) are also compounds of (28) where R2 is methyl. Lastly, compounds of (28) may be deprotected to provide amine (29). N-Cyanation of amine (28) gives N-cyanoamino compounds of formula (I).
Scheme 6 depicts an alternative preparation of compounds of formula (I) starting with compounds (42) from Scheme 5 and compounds (28) from Schemes 3 and 5 where R2 is methyl. Compounds (42) are demethylated to provide compounds of (43) that are reacted with alcohol (22) under Mitsunobu conditions to provide R2 substituted compounds of (28) where the R2 group is not methyl. R2 substituted (28) may be deprotected to give compound (29) and then N-cyanated to give N-cyanoamino compounds of formula (I).
One skilled in the art will recognize alternative reactants may also result in compounds of (28). For instance, alcohol (22) may be converted to triflate analog (R2—OTf) of (22) that may then be reacted with compounds of (43) to give compounds of (28). Additionally, alcohol compounds of (43) may first be converted to triflate compounds of (35) that may then be reacted with R2—NH2 analogs of (22) to afford an amine-R2 substituted compounds of (28).
Scheme 7 depicts the preparation of compounds of (47) that are further elaborated to cyanoamino compounds of Formula (I) in Scheme 8. Boronate ester (40), as prepared in Scheme 5, may be reacted with (8) to result in compounds of (46) through Suzuki coupling. Alternatively, a skilled artisan will recognize that boronate ester (41), as prepared in Scheme 5, may be reacted with (8) to give compounds of (44) through Suzuki coupling. A skilled artisan will recognize that boronic acid R6 substituted (25) as prepared in Scheme 3 may be substituted for boronic esters (40) and (41) in these reactions. Compounds of (44) may be demethylated to afford compounds of (45) that when reacted with alcohol (22) under Mitsunobu conditions afford compounds of (46). Lastly, compounds of (44) or (46) may be deprotected to provide amine (47).
A skilled artisan will recognize that amine (47) may also be prepared by replacing the R1 substituted compounds (8) with unsubstituted compounds (4) to result in amine (47) where the A group is unsubstituted.
Scheme 8 depicts the preparation of compounds of Formula (I). Reductive amination of compounds of (47), as prepared in Scheme 7, with ketone (48) affords compounds of Formula (I). Alternatively, alkylation of (47) with triflate (49) gives compounds of Formula (I). A skilled artisan will also appreciate that mesylate (—OMs) compounds of (49) may be substituted for triflate (49).
Additionally, a skilled artisan will recognize that N-protected ketone compounds of (50) and triflate compounds of (10) may also be used instead of N-cyanoamino compounds (48) and (49). Reductive amination of compounds of (47), as prepared in Scheme 7, with N-protected ketone (50) affords N-protected (28). Alkylation of compounds of (47) with N-protected triflate (10) also affords N-protected (28). Protected (28) may be deprotected to give compounds of (29) that when reacted with cyanogen bromide result in N-cyanoamino compounds of formula (I).
Scheme 9 depicts the preparation of compounds of (54a). Compounds of R10 where R10 is a 5-6 membered aryl or a 5-6-membered heteroaryl substituted with, but not limited to a halogen, may undergo a halogen-magnesium exchange with reagents such as iPrMgCl. The resultant Grignard reagent is reacted with the TBDMS protected alcohol R2 aldehyde (51) to convert the aldehyde into the alcohol (52). Protecting groups other than TBDMS may be used to protect the R2 alcohol in this step. Reacting the alcohol (52) under Mitsunobu conditions provides compounds (53). Treatment of (53) under acidic conditions affords the double deprotected compound (54). Reacting (54) with cyanogen bromide results in N-cyanoamino compounds of (54a).
Scheme 10 depicts the preparation of compounds of (60a). 4,6-dichloropyridin-2-amine is reacted with a solution of 2-bromo-1,1-dimethoxypropane previously treated with aq. HCl in EtOH to afford 5,7-dichloro-3-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine. The 5,7-dichloro intermediate is treated with sodium methoxide to yield 7-chloro-5-methoxy-3-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine. The boronate ester (55) is formed by Pd catalyzed reaction of 7-chloro-5-methoxy-3-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine with bis(pinacolato)diboron. Suzuki coupling of boronate ester (55) with bromide (56) affords compound (57). Hydrolysis of (57) with NaOH gives hydroxy compound (58). Alkylation of (58) with mesylate (59) provides compound (60). Deprotection of (60) affords (61) with is cyanogen bromide to afford the N-cyanoamino compounds of (60a).
Scheme 11 depicts the preparation of (65a). Treatment of R2OH in the presence of base followed by the addition of 4,6-dichloropyridin-2-amine affords compound (61). The boronate ester (62) is formed by the Pd catalyzed reaction of compound (61) with bis(pinacolato)diboron. Suzuki coupling of boronate ester (62) and compound (13) provides compound (63). Chlorination of (63) with 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethyl-imidazolidine-2,4-dione affords compound (64) which is then deprotected under acidic conditions to give compound (65). Subsequent treatment of (65) with cyanogen bromide affords the N-cyanoamino compounds of (65a).
Scheme 12 depicts the preparation of (71a). Treatment of 7-chloro-6H-imidazo[1,2-c]pyrimidin-5-one with the boronate ester (67) under palladium catalyzed conditions provides (68). Reaction of (68) under Mitsunobu conditions affords (70). Halogenation of (70) in the presence of NCS yields (69). Deprotection of (69) affords (71). Subsequent treatment of (71) with cyanogen bromide affords compounds of (71a).
The compounds of the present invention, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may be prepared according to the following Preparations and Examples by methods well known and appreciated in the art. Suitable reaction conditions for the steps of these Preparations and Examples are well known in the art and appropriate substitutions of solvents and co-reagents are within the skill of the art. Likewise, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that synthetic intermediates may be isolated and/or purified by various well known techniques as needed or desired, and that frequently, it will be possible to use various intermediates directly in subsequent synthetic steps with little or no purification. As an illustration, compounds of the preparations and examples can be isolated, for example, by silica gel purification, isolated directly by filtration, or crystallization. Furthermore, the skilled artisan will appreciate that in some circumstances, the order in which moieties are introduced is not critical. The particular order of steps required to produce the compounds of the present invention is dependent upon the particular compound being synthesized, the starting compound, and the relative liability of the substituted moieties, as is well appreciated by the skilled chemist. All substituents, unless otherwise indicated, are as previously defined, and all reagents are well known and appreciated in the art.
A mixture of 3-(benzyloxy)cyclobutan-1-one (20 g, 113.5 mmol) and NaBH4 (4.29 g, 113.5 mmol) in MeOH (50 mL) is stirred for 2 hr at RT under N2. The reaction is quenched with H2O at 0° C., extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL), washed with brine (2×100 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound (20 g, 98.9%) as a light-yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.42-7.21 (m, 5H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 3.93-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.62 (m, 1H), 2.82-2.63 (m, 2H), 1.97-1.92 (m, 2H).
To trans-2-cyclopropylpiperidin-4-ol hydrochloride (3.00 g, 16.9 mmol) in H2O (15.00 mL) and DCM (15.00 mL) is added NaOH (2.03 g, 50.7 mmol) in portions at 0° C. under N2. The mixture is stirred for 10 min at RT then Boc2O (4.05 g, 18.6 mmol) is added in portions. The reaction is stirred for 2 hr at RT. The mixture is diluted with H2O (100 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×120 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2×100 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (5 g, crude) as a yellow solid, which is taken on to the next step without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 4.69 (d, 1H), 3.98-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.33 (m, 1H), 2.99-2.85 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.74 (m, 2H), 1.37 (s, 9H), 1.31-1.18 (m, 2H), 1.15-1.08 (m, 1H), 0.54-0.45 (m, 1H), 0.42-0.26 (m, 2H), 0.22-0.12 (m, 1H).
To a solution of NaN3 (9.22 g, 142 mmol) and hydrogen tetra(but-1-yl)ammonium sulfate (481 mg, 1.42 mmol) in distilled H2O (30 mL) to 0° C. is added slowly a solution of (CF3SO2)2O (8.00 g, 28.4 mmol) in heptane (25 mL). The reaction is stirred 1-2 hr at 0° C. Heptane (25 ml) is added to the reaction and the layers are separated. The aqueous layer is extracted with heptane (3×10 ml). The combined organic layers are dried over NaOH pellets. The organic layer is decanted and the solution is used immediately in the subsequent reaction.
A solution of (1r,3r)-3-aminocyclobutan-1-ol (1.23 g, 14.2 mmol), NaHCO3 (4.05 g, 48.2 mmol), and CuSO4 5H2O (1.77 g, 7.08 mmol) in MeOH (15 mL) and H2O (15 mL) (v/v) is treated with a freshly prepared stock solution of N-diazo-1,1,1-trifluoro-methanesulfonamide in heptane (4.96 g, 28.3 mmol). Additional MeOH is added to the reaction in 5 mL increments until a homogeneous mixture results (20 mL total added). The reaction is stirred overnight at RT. EtOAc is added and the layers are separated. The aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc (3×). The combined organic layers are concentrated in vacuo to afford a dark green solution. Assumed quantitative yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.05-2.31 (m, 4H) 4.07-4.18 (m, 1H) 4.29 (br s, 1H) 5.14-5.32 (m, 1H).
To a stirred solution of tert-butyl 4-(1-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-2-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (6.00 g, 23.22 mmol) and DBU (4.24 g, 27.87 mmol) in toluene (100 mL) is added DPPA (7.67 g, 27.89 mmol) dropwise at 0° C. under N2. The mixture is stirred overnight at RT then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with PE;EtOAc (20:1 to 10:1) to afford the title compound (6 g, 91.2%) as a light yellow oil. ES/MS m/z: 284.3 [M+H]+.
To tert-butyl 2-hydroxy-7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane-7-carboxylate (10 g, 41.44 mmol) and PPh3 (15.22 g, 58.01 mmol) in THE (150 ml) is added DEAD (10.10 g, 58.01 mmol) dropwise at 0° C. under N2. The reaction is stirred 1 hr at 0° C. then DPPA (13.68 g, 49.72 mmol) is added dropwise. The reaction is stirred overnight at RT. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo then purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (30:1 to 20:1) to afford the title compound (14.5 g, crude) as a colorless oil which is carried forward without a further purification. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.98-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.28 (m, 4H), 2.32-2.20 (m, 2H), 1.94-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.52 (m, 4H), 1.47 (s, 9H).
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl 2-azido-7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane-7-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions. DIAD can be substituted for DEAD.
1NMR (400
1Purified by Prep-TLC, PE:EtOAc (6:1 to 4:1)
2Purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (2:1).
3Purified by reverse phase chromatography; C18 column; eluting with 40% to 50% ACN in H2O.
4 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6).
5Purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with PE: EA (20:1).
6Purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with PE: EA (15:1).
71H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6).
8Purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with PE/EA (30:1 to 20:1).
Imidazole-1-sulfonyl azide (3.75 g, 21.63 mmol) is added to a mixture of tert-butyl (3S,4S)-4-amino-3-hydroxypiperidine-1-carboxylate (3.9 g, 18.03 mmol), K2CO3 (1.25 g, 9.02 mmol) and CuSO4·5H2O (0.45 g, 1.80 mmol) in MeOH (25 mL) at RT under N2. The reaction is stirred overnight at RT. The reaction is quenched with H2O and the mixture is extracted with EA (2×500 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2×3 00 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (4.3 g, crude) as a light-yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 5.67 (d, 1H), 3.95-3.77 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.33-3.17 (m, 1H), 2.67 (d, 2H), 1.89-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.39 (s, 9H), 1.24-1.16 (m, 1H).
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl (3S,4S)-4-azido-3-hydroxy-piperidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions. DIAD can be substituted for DEAD.
1NMR (400 MHz,
A mixture of ethyl lactate (3.00 g, 25.40 mmol), hydrazine hydrate (7.63 g, 152.37 mmol, 80% in H2O) and EtOH (10.00 mL) is heated for 12 hr at 50° C. under N2. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (3.0 g, crude). The title compound is taken on to the next step without further purification. ES/MS m/z: 105.2 [M+H]+.
A mixture of (2S)-2-hydroxypropanehydrazide (3.0 g, crude), (dimethoxymethyl) dimethylamine (6.44 g, 43.22 mmol) and i-PrOH (15 mL) is heated at 50° C. for 5 hr under N2. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with DCM:MeOH (10:1 to 8:1) to afford the title compound (3.0 g, 62.1%) as a white solid. ES/MS m/z: 160.2 [M+H]+.
A solution of 1-(4-methyl-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)piperazine (500 mg, 2.99 mmol) in THE (3 mL) and H2O (0.25 mL) is added TEA (605 mg, 5.98 mmol). After stirring 15 minutes BOC2O (783 mg, 3.59 mmol) is added. The reaction is stirred at 50° C. for 15 minutes. Upon cooling to RT pH is adjusted to ˜14 by addition of 19N NaOH (aq.). The mixture is extracted with 3:1 CHCl3:iPrOH. Organic layers are combined and washed with brine (ensuring pH remains near 12), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as a pale-yellow solid (647 mg, 2.42 mmol). ES/MS m/z: 168.1 [M+2H-BOC]+.
A reaction flask containing 2-ethyl-N,N-dimethylbenzamide (0.81 g, 4.6 mmol), AIBN (75 mg, 0.46 mmol) and NBS (0.89 g, 5.0 mmol) is evacuated and backfilled with N2 (3×). CCl4 (5 mL) is added, and the reaction is stirred 2 hr at 80° C. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is filtered, insoluble material is washed with CCl4 (2×10 mL), then concentrated in vacuo to obtain the title compound as a clear oil (0.8 g, 70%), which is carried forward without a further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CdCl3), δ 7.67 (m, 1H), 7.40 (m, 1H), 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.25 (m, 1H), 5.45 (m, 1H), 3.18 (3H), 2.91 (3H), 2.08 (3H).
To N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (3.68 g, 37.70 mmol) under N2 is added DCM (40 mL) and the solution is cooled to −10° C. 2M Trimethylaluminum in hexanes (2.72 g, 37.70 mmol) is slowly added to the reaction. Once the addition is complete the reaction is allowed to warm to RT and stirred at RT for 1 hr. In a separate flask ethyl-2-fluoroacetate (2.00 g, 18.85 mmol) and DCM (20 mL) is added under N2, and the reaction mixture is cooled −10° C. Next, the solution prepared from trimethylaluminium and N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine is slowly transferred to the reaction containing ethyl-2-fluoroacetate, warmed to RT, and is stirred for 18 hr. The reaction is quenched by slowly adding 1M Rochelle's salt (10 mL). The mixture is stirred for 1 hr, diluted with H2O, layers separated, and the aq. layer is extracted with DCM (3×10 mL). The combined organics are washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a light-brown oil (1.6 g, 13 mmol). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.15 (m, 3H), 3.63 (s, 3H), 5.01 (d, J=47.6 Hz, 2H).
To a mixture of 7-fluoroisoquinoline-4-carboxylic acid (900 mg, 4.71 mmol), N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (551 mg, 5.65 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) is added dropwise DIEA (2.43 g, 18.8 mmol). The solution is stirred for 5 min, followed by dropwise addition of 2,4,6-tripropyl-1,3,5,2,4,6-trioxatriphosphinane-2,4,6-trioxide (4.49 g, 14.1 mmol). The mixture is stirred for 3 hr at RT, diluted with H2O and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers are dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product is purified by silica gel column chromatography column with 0% to 100% EtOAc in heptane to afford the title compound (1.03 g, 93.4%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 3.47 (br s, 6H), 7.50-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.65 (dd, J=8.44, 2.20 Hz, 1 H), 7.97 (dd, J=9.11, 5.07 Hz, 1H), 8.60 (s, 1H), 9.26 (s, 1H).
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 7-fluoro-N-methoxy-N-methyl-isoquinoline-4-carboxamide using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions.
271
302
323
334
1O-Dimethylhydroxylamine is used instead of HCl salt. EtOAc is used as solvent.
2Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (10:1 to 4:1).
3Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (10:1 to 1:1).
4Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (10:1 to 5:1).
A solution of BrCN (256 mg, 2.42 mmol) in DCM (3.00 mL) is added dropwise to a stirred mixture of 4-piperidinone (200 mg, 2.02 mmol) and NaHCO3 (509 mg, 6.05 mmol) in H2O (4.50 mL) and DCM (1.50 mL) at 0° C. The mixture is stirred for 30 min at 0° C. then stirred at RT overnight. The mixture is quenched with H2O (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (3×15 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with sat. NaHCO3 (3×5 mL) and brine (3×10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a yellow oil (120 mg, 48%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 3.54 (t, 4H), 2.47 (t, 4H).
A mixture of 4-bromo-1-methyl-pyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine (500 mg, 1 mmol), diethyl oxalate (415 mg, 2.84 mmol), PdCl2(PPh3)2 (9.98 mg, 14.2 μmol), and N,N-dimethylpyridin-4-amine (347 mg, 2.84 mmol) in EtOH (327 mg, 7.11 mmol) is heated at 170° C. for 1 hr with microwave irradiation. The mixture is diluted with EtOAc (10 mL) and washed with sat. aq. NH4Cl (10 mL). The aq. layer is extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL) and the combined organic layers are concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0% to 100% ACN in water to afford the title compound (265 mg, 54.8%). ES/MS m z: 205.1 [M+H]+.
To a solution of ethyl 1-methylpyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridine-4-carboxylate (265 mg, 1.30 mmol) in THE (3 mL) at −78° C. is added a 1M solution of LiAlH4 (73.9 mg, 1.95 mmol) in Et2O. The reaction is stirred for 20 min then allowed to warm to RT and stirred for 1 hr. The mixture is diluted with Et2O and after cooling to 0° C., H2O (0.1 mL) is slowly added. Then a 15% aq. soln. of NaOH (0.07 mL) is added, followed by H2O (0.2 mL), and the mixture is warmed to RT. After stirring for 15 min, MgSO4 is added, and the mixture is stirred for an additional 15 min. The solids are removed by filtration and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (190 mg, 90.3%). ES/MS m/z 163.1 [M+H]+.
To a solution of (1-methylpyrrolo[2,3-c]pyridin-4-yl)methanol (190 mg, 1.17 mmol) in DCM (4 ml) at 0° C. is added DMP (646 mg, 1.52 mmol) and the reaction is stirred for 1 hr. The mixture is diluted with DCM (10 mL) and washed with sat. aq. NaHCO3 (10 mL) and brine (10 mL). The volatiles are removed in vacuo and the residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0% to 100% ACN in water to afford the title compound (70 mg, 37%). ES/MS m/z 161.1 [M+H]+.
2-Chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinaldehyde (700 mg, 3.34 mmol) and morpholine (291 mg, 3.34 mmol) are dissolved in EtOH (10 mL) and treated with TEA (338 mg, 3.34 mmol) at RT. The reaction is heated to 80° C. for 6 hr. The reaction is cooled to RT, concentrated in vacuo, and purified by flash silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0% to 20% MeOH in DCM to afford the title compound as a clear oil (0.7 g, 80%). ES/MS m/z 261.1 [M+H]+.
To a 1 L pressure tank is added 4,6-dichloropyridin-2-amine (100.00 g, 614 mmol), NaHCO3 (154.6 g, 1840 mmol), chloroacetaldehyde (180.5 g, 920 mmol, 40% in water) and n-BuOH (500 mL) at RT under a N2. The resulting mixture is stirred overnight at 80° C. Upon cooling to RT, the mixture is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of PE:EtOAc (8:1 to 5:1) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (88 g, 76.7%). ES/MS m/z 187.0 [M+H]+.
To a solution of 2-bromo-1,1-dimethoxypropane (16.84 g, 92 mmol) in EtOH (50 mL) at RT under N2 is added 12M HCl (33.55 g, 920 mmol). The reaction is stirred overnight at 80° C. Upon cooling to RT, the pH of the mixture is adjusted to approximately pH 8 with NaHCO3 (90.19 g, 1074 mmol). Next, 4,6-dichloropyridin-2-amine (5.0 g, 30.68 mmol) is added to the reaction and the mixture is stirred overnight at 80° C. Upon cooling to RT, the mixture is filtered, and the filter cake is washed with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (10:1), to give the title compound as a yellow solid (2.5 g, 40.5%). ES/MS m/z 201.1 [M+H]+.
The following compound is prepared essentially as described for 5,7-dichloro-3-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction temperature and time to determine completion of the reactions.
To 5,7-dichloro-3-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (1.5 g, 7.46 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) at RT under N2 is added NaOMe (4.03 g, 74.61 mmol). The reaction is stirred at 80° C. for 1 hr then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is diluted with H2O (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2×30 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a yellow solid (1.35 g, 92.0%). ES/MS m/z 197.1 [M+H]+.
To 5,7-dichloroimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (5.00 g, 26.73 mmol) in DCM (50.00 mL) is added NIS (12.03 g, 53.47 mmol) in portions at RT under N2. The reaction is stirred for 2 hr then quenched with H2O (100 mL). The mixture is extracted with DCM (3×50 mL), organic layers are washed with brine (3×50 mL), and dried over Na2SO4. After filtration, the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as a dark-yellow solid (12.0 g, crude). ES/MS m/z 312.9 [M+H]+.
6-Bromo-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine (0.41 g, 1.81 mmol) and NIS (609 mg, 2.71 mmol) are dissolved in ACN (8 mL) and stirred at RT for 1 hr. The suspension is filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a linear gradient of 0% to 100% EtOAc in heptane. The fractions containing the title compound is concentrated in vacuo and combined with the filtered solid to afford the title compound (0.60 g, 94.1%). ES/MS m/z (79Br/81Br) 352.6/354.6 [M+H]+.
A solution of 6-bromo-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine (5 g, 22.02 mmol) and 1-Chloromethyl-4-fluoro-1,4-diazoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane bis(tetrafluoroborate) (7.04 g, 22.021 mmol) in ACN (50 mL) is stirred overnight at RT under N2. The mixture is diluted with H2O (50 mL) then extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2×100 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; mobile phase, 30% to 40% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA), over a 10 min. period to afford the title compound (810 mg, 15.01%) as a yellow solid. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.56 (t, 1H), 8.04 (d, 1H), 6.77 (d, 1H), 3.97 (s, 3H).
A mixture of 6-bromo-3-iodo-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine (0.6 g, 1.7 mmol), methyl 2,2-difluoro-2-(fluorosulfonyl)acetate (0.5 g, 2.6 mmol), and CuI (0.4 g, 2.1 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) is heated for 6 hr. to 80° C. The suspension is filtered and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by normal phase chromatography eluting with a linear gradient of 0% to 100% EtOAc in heptaneto afford the title compound (0.125 g, 20%) as a white solid. ES/MS m/z 249.9 [M+H]+.
To of 5,7-dichloro-3-iodoimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (11.00 g, 35.15 mmol) in DMF (50.00 mL) is added in portions CuCN (6.30 g, 70.31 mmol) at RT under N2. The reaction is stirred for 2 hr at 100° C. Upon cooling to RT, NH4OH (100 mL) is added dropwise over 5 minutes. The mixture is diluted with H2O (300 mL), stirred for 2 hr, then extracted with DCM (3×400 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (3×300 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (5:1 to 1:2), to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (3.5 g, 47.0%). ES/MS m/z (35Cl/37Cl) 211.9/213.9 [M+H]+.
A stirred solution of 6-bromo-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (5.60 g, 22.22 mmol) and NDM (5.39 g, 26.66 mmol) in DMA (20.0 mL) is treated with NaOH (5.33 g, 66.65 mmol, 50% in H2O) at RT under N2, and the mixture is stirred for 2 hrs at 50° C. under N2. The mixture is diluted with H2O (200 mL), acidified to pH 4-5 with conc. HCl, and extracted with EtOAc (3×200 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (3×100 mL) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of PE:EtOAc (3:1) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (4.6 g, 90.7%) ES/MS m/z 235.9/237.9 [M−H]−.
A mixture of 6-bromo-4-hydroxy-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (200 mg, 0.84 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (410.63 mg, 1.26 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) is treated with 2-iodopropane (0.1 mL, 1 mmol) and stirred for 7.5 hrs. The reaction mixture is purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with a gradient of hexanes:EtOAc (0-100%) to give the title compound as a light-yellow solid (174.2 mg, 0.62 mmol, 74.02%). ES/MS m/z 282.00 [M+H]+.
2-Chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)nicotinaldehyde (575 mg, 2.74 mmol) and 3-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)azetidine (566 mg, 3.02 mmol) are dissolved in EtOH (8 mL) and treated with NEt3 (305 mg, 3.02 mmol) at RT. The reaction is heated for 4 hr at 80° C. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0% to 100% EtOAc in heptane to obtain the title compound (0.73 g, 2.03 mmol, 74%) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.90 (s, 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H), 8.09 (s, 1H), 4.75 (m, 1H), 4.50 (m, 2H), 4.08 (m, 2H), 0.91 (s, 9H), 0.09 (s, 6H).
To a solution of isoquinoline-4-carbaldehyde (500 mg, 3.18 mmol) in anhydrous THF (7 mL) at 0° C. is added 3M methylmagnesium bromide (455 mg, 3.82 mmol). The reaction is stirred at 0° C. for 20 minutes, allowed to warm to RT, then stirred for 2 hr at RT. The reaction is quenched with sat. NH4Cl, extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0% to 100% in heptane to give the title compound. (540 mg, 98.0%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.73 (d, J=6.48 Hz, 3H), 2.72 (br s, 1H), 5.59 (q, J=6.48 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (ddd, J=8.10, 7.00, 1.04 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (ddd, J=8.47, 6.94, 1.34 Hz, 1H), 7.99 (d, J=8.07 Hz, 1H), 8.18-8.22 (m, 1H), 8.61 (s, 1H), 9.15 (s, 1H).
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 1-(4-isoquinolyl)ethanol using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction temperature and times to determine completion of the reactions.
To 2-bromo-5-fluoro-3-methylpyridine (3 g, 15.8 mmol) in toluene (50 mL) is added i-PrMgCl (12 mL, 23.7 mmol, 2 M in THF) dropwise at RT under N2. After stirring 3 hr at RT, N-methoxy-N-methylacetamide HCl (2.4 g, 23.7 mmol) is added. The reaction is stirred 2 hr then quenched with H2O (100 mL). The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The organic layers are combined, washed with brine (100 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (2 g, 83%). ES/MS m/z 154.1 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 1-(5-fluoro-3-methyl-2-pyridyl)ethanone using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction temperature and times to determine completion of the reactions.
691
702
1Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EA (12:1 to 10:1).
2Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EA (20:1 to 4:1).
To a solution of 7-fluoro-N-methoxy-N-methylisoquinoline-4-carboxamide (500 mg, 2.13 mmol) in THE (10 mL) at 0° C. is added dropwise a solution of 3M MeMgBr in Et2O (255 mg, 2.13 mmol, 0.71 ml). The reaction is stirred at 0° C. for 20 min, then allowed to warm to RT and stirred for an additional 2 hr. The reaction is quenched with sat. aq. NH4Cl solution. Layers are separated and the aq. layer is extracted with EtOAc. Combined organics are dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0% to 10% MeOH in DCM to give the title compound (389 mg, 96.3%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.81 (s, 3H), 7.59-7.67 (m, 2H), 8.99 (dd, J=9.11, 5.32 Hz, 1H), 9.05 (s, 1H), 9.33 (s, 1H).
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 1-(7-Fluoro-4-isoquinolyl)ethanone using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction temperature and times to determine completion of the reactions.
1Purified by flash chromatography eluting with 0% to 100% EtOAc in heptane.
A solution of 2-bromo-5-fluoropyridine (1.1 g, 6.3 mmol) in toluene (6 mL) is cooled to −78° C. under N2 then a soln of n-BuLi (0.44 g, 2.8 ml, 6.9 mmol, 2.5M in hexanes) is slowly added. The reaction mixture is then stirred at −78° C. for 30 min. 2-Fluoro-N-methoxy-N-methylacetamide (0.83 g, 6.9 mmol) in toluene (2.0 mL) is added to the reaction. After stirring at −78° C. for 30 min the cooling bath is removed, and the reaction is quenched with sat. aq NH4Cl and extracted with DCM. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to obtain the title compound (0.9 g, 90%) as a brown solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 5.77 (d, J=47.6 Hz, 2H) 7.46-7.55 (m, 1H) 8.05-8.12 (m, 1H) 8.39-8.44 (m, 1H)
To 6-bromo-3-fluoro-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)pyridine (1.7 g, 6.80 mmol) in THE (50 mL, 617.2 mmol) is added n-BuLi (2.72 mL, 6.80 mmol, 2.5 M in hexane) dropwise at −78° C. under N2. The reaction is stirred for 0.5 hr at −78° C. Next, N-methoxy-N-methylacetamide (2.10 g, 20.39 mmol) is added and stirring continues for an additional 1 hr at −78° C. The reaction is quenched by the addition of H2O (50 mL) at −78° C. Upon warming to RT the reaction is extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). Organic layers are combined and washed with brine (3×50 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is used in a subsequent step directly without further purification. ES/MS m/z 213.9 [M+H]+.
The following compound is prepared essentially as described for 1-[5-Fluoro-6-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2-pyridyl]ethanone using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction temperature and time to determine completion of the reaction.
A mixture of 2-bromobenzaldehyde (10 g, 54.05 mmol) and NH2OH·HCl (4.1 g, 59.45 mmol) in EtOH (100 mL) is stirred for 2 hr at 80° C. under N2. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in EtOAc (100 mL) and washed with H2O (3×50 mL). The combined organic layers are dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as an off-white solid (12 g) which is carried forward without a further purification. ES/MS m/z (79Br/81Br) 200/202 [M+H]+. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.69 (s, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 7.80 (dd, 1H), 7.67 (dd, 1H), 7.45-7.38 (m, 1H), 7.34 (td, 1H).
To a stirred solution of (E)-N-[(2-bromophenyl)methylidene]hydroxylamine (5 g, 25.00 mmol) and NCS (4.33 g, 32.49 mmol) in CCl4 (50 mL) is added calcium carbide (11.19 g, 175.00 mmol) and H2O (6.30 g, 349.93 mmol) dropwise at RT under N2. The reaction is stirred overnight. The suspension is filtered, the filter cake is washed with DCM (3×30 mL). The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (12:1) to afford the title compound as an off-white solid (3.5 g, 62.50%). ES/MS m/z (79Br/81Br) 224/226 [M+H]+.
To a stirred solution of 2-chloro-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyrazine (2000 mg, 10.957 mmol) and tributyl(1-ethoxyethenyl)stannane (4748.68 mg, 13.148 mmol) in dioxane (25 mL) is added Pd(PPh3)4 (1266.16 mg, 1.096 mmol) at RT under N2. The resulting mixture is stirred for 4 hr at 80° C. The mixture is allowed to cool down to RT and is concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (8:1 to 4:1) to afford the title compound as a yellow oil (1.8 g, 75.29%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 9.18-9.16 (m, 2H), 5.47-5.41 (m, 1H), 4.75-4.69 (m, 1H), 4.03 (q, 2H), 1.40 (t, 3H).
The following compound is prepared essentially as described for 2-(1-Ethoxyvinyl)-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyrazine using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction time to determine completion of the reaction.
1Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (20:1 to 5:1).
To 3-[2-(1-ethoxyethenyl)phenyl]-1,2-oxazole (2.20 g, 10.22 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) is added 4M HCl in MeOH (20 mL) at RT. The reaction is stirred for 1 hr under N2. The reaction is quenched with H2O (100 mL). The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2×100 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (3:1) to afford the title compound as a yellow oil (1.6 g, 83.6%). ES/MS m/z 188.1 [M+H]+.
A mixture of 2-(1-ethoxyethenyl)-6-(trifluoromethyl)pyrazine (1.20 g, 5.50 mmol) and 12 M HCl (2.29 mL, 27.50 mmol) in THE (20 mL) is stirred for 2 hr at RT under N2. The resulting mixture is concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound which is carried forward without a further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 9.45 (s, 1H), 9.41 (s, 1H), 2.67 (s, 3H).
A solution of i-PrMgC (3.3 mL, 6.61 mmol) is added dropwise under N2 at 0° C. to a solution of 3-bromo-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridine (1.00 g, 4.42 mmol) in dry THE (40 mL). The solution is stirred for 1 hr under N2 at 50° C. To the above solution is added N-2-dimethoxy-N-methylacetamide (1.18 g, 8.86 mmol) in dry THE (1 mL) under N2 at RT. The solution is stirred for 2 hr under N2 at RT. The residue is acidified to pH 6 with cone. aq HCL. The mixture is diluted with H2O (50 mL), the pH adjusted to 11 with solid Na2CO3, and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The organic layers are combined, washed with brine (3×50 mL), and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. The mixture is filtered and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product (5.00 g) is used without further purification. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.38-9.30 (d, 1H), 9.14-9.05 (m, 1H), 8.56-8.48 (m, 1H), 4.69 (s, 2H), 3.55-3.53 (in, 3H).
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 2-methoxy-1-[5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]ethanone using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions.
861
872
12.5M BuLi used instead of iPrMgCl. Reaction run in toluene at −78° C.
2Purification by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (12:1).
NaBH4 (860 mg, 22.73 mmol) is added in portions at RT under N2 to a stirred mixture of 2-methoxy-1-[5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]ethanone (5.00 g) in MeOH (20 mL). The reaction is quenched with H2O (5 mL) at RT and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (10:1 to 2:1) to give the title compound (500 mg, 9.91%) as a yellow liquid. ES/MS m/z 222.0 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 2-methoxy-1-[5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]ethanol using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions.
1002
1033
1044
1071
1Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with 0% to 100% EtOAc in heptane.
2Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (6:1 to 2:1).
3Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (9:1).
4Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (1:1).
5Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0% to 100% EtOAc in heptane.
A mixture of 3-(benzyloxy)cyclobutan-1-one (20 g, 113.5 mmol) and NaBH4 (4.29 g, 113.5 mmol) in MeOH (50 mL) is stirred for 2 hr at RT under N2. The reaction is quenched with H2O at 0° C., extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL), washed with brine (2×100 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the title compound (20 g, 98.9%) as a light-yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.42-7.21 (m, 5H), 4.45 (s, 2H), 3.93-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.62 (m, 1H), 2.82-2.63 (m, 2H), 1.97-1.92 (m, 2H).
Lithiumdiisopropylamide in THE (2.57 g, 24.0 mmol, 2M in THF) is slowly added to a cooled solution of isobutyronitrile (1.66 g, 24.0 mmol) in THE (25 mL) at−78° C. under N2. The reaction is stirred at −78° C. for 30 minutes. Next, 5-fluoro picolinaldehyde (2.00 g, 16.0 mmol) in THE (6 mL) is slowly added to the reaction. After stirring for an additional hour, the reaction is allowed to warm to RT. The reaction is quenched with sat. NH4Cl, extracted in EtOAc, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by phase silica gel flash chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0% to 100% EtOAc in Heptane to afford the title compound (1.60 g, 51.5%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CdCl3) δ 8.46 (s, 1H), 7.55-7.47 (m, 2H), 4.68 (s, 1H), 4.54 (brs, 1H), 1.44 (s, 3H), 1.21 (s, 3H).
To 5-fluoropyridine-2-carbaldehyde (2 g, 15.99 mmol) and TMSCF3 (3.41 g, 23.98 mmol) in THE (5.00 mL) is added TBAF (3.20 mL, 3.200 mmol) dropwise at 0° C. under N2. The resulting mixture is stirred at RT for 3 hr then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with 50% EtOAc in PE to afford the title compound as a white solid (2 g, 64.12%). ES/MS m/z 196.1 [M+H]+.
To 4-bromoisoquinoline (2.00 g, 9.61 mmol) dissolved in THE (8 mL) under N2 is added dropwise 2M isopropylmagnesium chloride (1.48 g, 14.42 mmol) at RT. The reaction is stirred 30 minutes at RT, then 2-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)acetaldehyde (3.35 g, 19.23 mmol) is added dropwise. The reaction is stirred at RT for 2 hr, then is quenched with aq. sat. NH4Cl. The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic layers are dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0% to 100% EtOAc in heptane. The isolated material is further purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 20% DCM in EtOAc to afford the title compound which is contaminated with the isoquinoline biproduct (400 mg, 13.7%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 0.07 (s, 6H), 0.93 (s, 9H), 3.72-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.99 (dd, J=10.27, 3.42 Hz, 1H), 5.47 (dd, J=8.38, 3.36 Hz, 1H), 7.58-7.78 (m, 7H), 7.84 (d, J=8.31 Hz, 2H), 7.96-8.04 (m, 2H), 8.12 (d, J=8.44 Hz, 1H), 8.54 (d, J=5.62 Hz, 1H), 8.70 (s, 1H), 9.22 (s, 1H), 9.27 (s, 1H).
A solution of i-PrMgCl (5.11 mL, 10.23 mmol, 2 M in THF) is added dropwise at 0° C. under N2 to a stirred solution of 2-bromo-5-fluoropyridine (1.2 g, 6.82 mmol) in toluene (10.00 mL). The mixture is stirred for 30 min at 0° C. under N2. 2-[(tert-Butyldimethylsilyl)oxy] acetaldehyde (1.78 g, 10.23 mmol) is added dropwise over 10 min at 0° C. to the mixture. The mixture is stirred 2 hr at 0° C. The reaction is quenched with H2O and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2×10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (10:1 to 5:1) to give the title compound (420 mg, 22.69%) as a colorless oil. ES/MS m/z 272.2 [M+H]+
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 2-[(tert-Butyldimethylsilyl) oxy]-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl) ethanol using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions.
1Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (20:01 to 10:1).
2Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (5:1-3:1).
3Quenched with saturated NH4Cl.
Separation of the 2-[(tert-Butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethanol (70 g, 257.915 mmol) enantiomers is performed using the following conditions: Column: CHIRALPAK IG, 7*25 cm, 10 m; eluting with 60% ACN in H2O (0.05% diethylamine); Flow rate: 200 mL/min; 266/204/208 nm; to afford 2-[(tert-Butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethanol, Isomer 1, t(R) is 7.5 min (20.0 g) and 2-[(tert-Butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethanol, Isomer 2, t(R) is 11.2 min (20.5 g).
2-[(tert-Butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethanol, Isomer 1 is further purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE/EA (20:1 to 4:1) to afford 2-[(tert-Butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethanol, Isomer 1 (15.0 g, 21% yield) with 98.6% ee, ES/MS m/z 272.1 [M+H]+.
2-[(tert-Butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethanol, Isomer 2 is further purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE/EA (30:1 to 20:1) to afford 2-[(tert-Butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethanol, Isomer 2 (14.0 g, 20% yield) with 93.1% ee, ES/MS m/z 272.1 [M+H]+.
To a solution of 2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl) oxy]-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl) ethanol, Isomer 2 (30.4 g, 112 mmol), DMAP (1.37 g, 11.2 mmol), and Et3N (22.7 g, 224 mmol) in DCM (0.2 L) cooled to 0° C. is added TsCl (27.8 g, 146 mmol). The reaction is stirred at 0° C. for 3 hours then stored overnight at 0° C. The resultant suspension is filtered and the insoluble material is rinsed with MTBE. H2O (5 ml) is added to the filtrate. The filtrate is then concentrated in vacuo and the material is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0% to 100% EA in heptane to afford the title compound (39.8 g, 93.5 mmol) as a white, waxy solid. ES/MS m/z 426.0 [M+H]+.
TMSCF3 (3.74 g, 26.28 mmol) and TBAF (3.50 mL, 3.50 mmol, 1 mol/L) is added dropwise at 0° C. under N2 to a stirred solution of oxane-4-carbaldehyde (2.00 g, 17.52 mmol) in THE (20.00 mL) and the mixture is stirred for 4 hrs at RT under N2. The reaction is quenched by the addition of MeOH (5 mL), and the mixture is dried under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of PE:EtOAc (4:1) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (3.1 g, 96.07%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 6.16 (d, 1H), 3.93-3.81 (m, 2H), 3.81-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.20 (m, 2H), 1.92-1.72 (m, 1H), 1.60 (d, 1H), 1.56-1.35 (m, 3H).
To a stirred solution of 2-iodopyridine (10.0 g, 48.78 mmol) in THE (150.0 mL) is added a soln of n-BuLi (21.4 mL, 53.65 mmol, 2.5M) in hexanes dropwise at −75° C. under N2. The resulting mixture is stirred at −75° C. for 1 hr. To the above mixture is added pivaldehyde (5.0 g, 58.51 mmol) dropwise over a 10-minute period. After being stirred at −75° C. for 1 hr, the reaction is allowed to warm to RT then is quenched with H2O (100.0 mL). The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3×200 mL). The combined organic layers are dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (20:1 to 15:1) to afford the title compound as a white solid (2.6 g, 32%). ES/MS m/z 166.3 [M+H]+.
Separation of the 2,2-Dimethyl-1-(pyridin-2-yl)propan-1-ol (1.1 g, 6.7 mmol) enantiomers is performed using the following conditions: Column: CHIRALCEL AY-H, 2*25 cm, Sum; eluting with 5% EtOH in Hex (10 mM NH3 in MeOH); 260/216 nm; to afford 2,2-dimethyl-1-(pyridin-2-yl)propan-1-ol, Isomer 1 as a light-yellow solid (400 mg, 36%). t(R)=5.3 min. and 2,2-dimethyl-1-(pyridin-2-yl)propan-1-ol, Isomer 2 as a white solid (440 mg, 40%). t(R)=6.2 min. Analytical column used for Rt: CHIRALCEL AY-3, 4.6*50 cm; eluting with 5% EtOH in hexanes; 254 nm.
To a stirred solution of 1-(pyridin-2-yl)propan-1-ol (2.00 g, 14.58 mmol) and Ac2O (2.98 g, 29.16 mmol) in DCM (10.00 mL) is added TEA (4.43 g, 43.74 mmol) at RT under a N2. The reaction is stirred overnight, quenched with H2O (20 mL), and extracted with DCM (2×20 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2×10 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 40% to 50% ACN in water; UV 254 nm to afford a brown oil (2.50 g, 95.7%). ES/MS m/z 180.3.
The brown oil (1.00 g, 5.58 mmol) is subjected to the following conditions: Column: CHIRALPAK IG, 20*250 mm, 5 μm; eluting with 15% EtOH in CO2; 203 nm; to afford and 1-(pyridin-2-yl)propyl acetate, Isomer 2 (400 mg), t(R) is 3.86 min with ee=100%; ES/MS m/z 180.3 [M+H]+.
The following compound is prepared essentially as described for 1-(2-pyridyl)propyl acetate, Isomer 1 using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction time to determine completion of the reaction.
1Column: CHIRALPAK IG, 2 * 25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 15% EtOH in CO2, 254 nm.
To 1-(pyridin-2-yl)propyl acetate, Isomer 2 (380 mg, 2.12 mmol) in MeOH (3.00 mL) and H2O (3.00 mL) is added LiOH (101.55 mg, 4.24 mmol) in portions at RT under N2. The reaction is stirred for 1 hr. The reaction is diluted with H2O (20 mL), then extracted with EtOAc (2×20 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2×10 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as a light-yellow oil (260 mg, 90%). ES/MS m/z 138.1 [M+H]+.
The following compound is prepared essentially as described for 1-(2-pyridyl)propan-1-ol, Isomer 2 using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction time to determine completion of the reaction.
A solution of 1-(2-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl)ethan-1-ol (0.200 g, 0.89 mmol), 2-methoxyethan-1-amine (200 mg, 2.66 mmol), and DIPEA (573 mg, 4.43 mmol) in i-PrOH (4 mL) is stirred for 18 hr at 100° C. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a linear gradient of 0% to 30% MeOH in DCM to afford the title compound (30 mg, 13%) as a brown oil. ES/MS m/z 265.1 [M+H]+.
A mixture of (2S)—N′-[(1E)-(dimethylamino)methylidene]-2-hydroxypropane hydrazide (3.0 g, 18.8 mmol), ACN (10.0 mL) and HOAc (2.26 g, 37.7 mmol) is heated at 90° C. under N2. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is taken on to the next step without further purification. ES/MS m/z 196.1 [M+H]+.
To a stirred solution of (1S)-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethanol (500.0 mg, 3.54 mmol) and TEA (1.07 g, 10.63 mmol) in DCM (10.0 mL) is added dropwise MsCl (608.69 mg, 5.313 mmol) at RT under N2. The reaction is stirred for 1 hr at RT, diluted with water (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×20 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2×20 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as a light-yellow oil (740 mg, 95.2%). ES/MS m z 220.0 [M+H]+.
To 2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethanol (700.00 mg, 3.59 mmol) and TEA (1.09 g, 10.76 mmol) in DCM (5.00 mL) is added Tf2O (2.02 g, 7.17 mmol) dropwise at 0° C. under N2. The resulting mixture is stirred for 3 hr at RT, diluted with water (5 mL) and separated. The aq. layer is extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The combined organic layers are concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a crude product (1 g) which is carried forward without a further purification. ES/MS m/z 328.0 [M+H]+.
Tf2O (766.02 mg, 2.715 mmol) is added dropwise to stirred solution of 2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(oxan-4-yl)ethanol (500.00 mg, 2.72 mmol) and DIEA (1052.71 mg, 8.14 mmol) in DCM (10.00 mL) at 0° C. under N2. The mixture is stirred for 1 hr at RT under N2 and then used directly without further purification.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(oxan-4-yl)ethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions. Temperature is varied from −70° C. to 0° C.
TEA (940.02 mg, 9.29 mmol) is added dropwise to a stirred mixture of tert-butyl 4-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (800.00 mg, 3.72 mmol) in DCM (10.00 mL) at RT under N2. MsCl (553.35 mg, 4.83 mmol) is added dropwise to the solution over 2 min at 0° C., and the mixture is stirred for 2 hrs at RT. The reaction is quenched with H2O (150 mL) and the mixture is extracted with DCM (2×200 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (2×150 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a brown-yellow solid (1.1 g, crude), which is used directly without further purification. 1H NM/R (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 5.23-5.18 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.60 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.45 (m, 1H), 3.22 (s, 3H), 2.40-2.14 (m, 2H), 1.41 (s, 9H), 1.23 (d, 3H).
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl 4-(methanesulfonyl oxy)-2,2-dimethylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions.
2-ethyl-N,N-dimethylbenzamide (0.81 g, 4.6 mmol), AIBN (75 mg, 0.46 mmol) and NBS(0.89 g, 5.0 mmol) are added into a vial that is evacuated and backfilled with N2 (3×). CCl4 (5 mL) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred at 80° C. for 2 hr. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is filtered, and the solids are rinsed with CCl4 (2×10 mL). The filtrate is concentrated to obtain the title compound as a clear oil (0.8 g, 70%), which is carried forward without further purification.
A mixture of tert-butyl 3,3-difluoro-4-oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate (10.00 g, 42.51 mmol), tert-butoxycarbohydrazide (3.09 g, 23.38 mmol) and AcOH (2.55 g, 42.51 mmol) in MeOH (40 mL) is stirred for 30 min at 50° C. under N2. Upon cooling to RT NaBH3CN (8.01 g, 127.53 mmol) is added in portions. The reaction is stirred for 2 hr at 50° C. The mixture is basified to pH 8 with sat. aq. NaHCO3. The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3×150 mL), organic layers combined and washed with brine (3×50 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (10:1 to 5:1) to afford the title compound as an off-white oil (5 g, 67%). ES/MS m/z 240.2 [M+H−C8H16]+.
A mixture tert-butyl 4-[[(tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino]amino]-3,3-difluoropiperidine-1-carboxylate (5.50 g, 15.7 mmol) and 4,4-dimethoxybutan-2-one (3.10 g, 23.5 mmol) in AcOH (100 mL) is stirred overnight at 50° C. under N2. To the above mixture is added HBr (25 mL) at RT. The reaction is stirred overnight. No brominated product is detected by LCMS. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is carried forward to the next step without a further purification. ES/MS m/z 202.3 [M+H]+.
To 3,3-difluoro-4-(5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)piperidine (5.50 g, 27.33 mmol) and TEA (27.66 g, 273.3 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) is added Boc2O (29.83 g, 136.67 mmol) at RT under N2. The reaction is stirred 2 hr then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (20:1 to 10:1) to give crude product. The crude product is purified by reverse phase chromatography with the following conditions: column, C18; mobile phase, eluting with 40% to 60% ACN in water (0.1% FA) to afford the title compound as a yellow oil (3 g, 36.4%). ES/MS m/z 302.3 [M+H]+.
To methyl 2-(5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)acetate (6 g, 38.92 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (25.36 g, 77.83 mmol) in DMF (80 mL) at RT is added tert-butyl 4-(methanesulfonyloxy)piperidine-1-carboxylate (16.31 g, 58.39 mmol). The reaction is stirred for 3 hr at 60° C. under N2. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is poured into H2O (400 mL), extracted with EtOAc (3×500 mL), organic layers are combined and washed with brine (3×200 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and rinsed with EtOAc (3×80 mL). The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo and the residue is purified by Prep-HPLC using the following conditions: Column: HEXI SpringXB-C18, 50*250, 10 um; eluting with a gradient of 30% to 55% ACN in H2O (0.05% TFA), flow rate: 100 mL/min; to afford the title compound (420 mg, 3.20%) as a yellow oil. ES/MS m/z 338.3 [M+H]+.
A solution of tert-butyl 4-(4-methyl-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate (538 mg, 2.01 mmol) and NBS (430 mg, 2.41 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) is heated to 40° C. for 20 minutes. Upon cooling to RT the reaction is extracted with 3:1 (v/v) chloroform:iPrOH. Organic phase is washed with 10% Na2S2O3, H2O, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to a yellow oil. The oil is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 5 to 20% MeOH in DCM to afford the title compound as a colorless oil (620 mg, 89.0%). ES/MS m/z 246.1, 248.8 (79Br/81Br) [M+2H-Boc]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl 4-(5-bromo-4-methyl-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents and solvents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions.
1DCM used as solvent
2Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with DCM:MeOH (30:1 to 15:1).
A solution of 1-(azetidin-3-yl)-4-bromo-5-methylpyrazole (4.00 g) in DCM (20 mL) is basified to pH-10 with DIEA (3 mL) then cooled to −60° C. under N2. tert-Butyl (3R)-3-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate is added dropwise and the reaction is stirred for 4 hr at −60° C. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography with the following conditions: column, C18; eluting with 20% to 30% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA), 220 nm. To afford the title compound as a light-yellow solid (7.00 g). ES/MS m/z (79Br/81Br) 385.1/387.1 [M+H]+.
Cs2CO3 (19.20 g, 58.941 mmol) is added in portions to a stirred RT mixture of 4-bromopyrazole (2.89 g, 19.65 mmol) and tert-butyl (1R,3s,5S)-3-((methylsulfonyl)oxy)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate (6.00 g, 19.65 mmol) in DMF (50 ml) and the mixture is stirred overnight at 70° C. under N2. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of PE:EtOAc (10:1-5:1) to give a crude product (5.2 g). The crude product is repurified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 40% to 80% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA), 220 nm to give the title compound as an off-white solid (3.5 g, 47.5%). ES/MS m/z 341.1/343.1 [M+H-tBu+ACN]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl (1R,3r,5S)-3-(4-bromo-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions. K2CO3 can also be used as the base. Temperature is varied from 70° C. to 80° C.
1The mixture is filtered, the filter cake is washed with EtOAc (3 × 20 mL), and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc.
2Crude product is not repurified.
3The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; mobile phase, ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3). Not repurified.
4The mixture is filtered, the filter cake is washed with DCM (2 × 10 mL), and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure prior to purification by reverse Combi-flash chromatography.
5Purified with only reverse Combi-flash chromatography.
Cs2CO3 (18.36 g, 56.35 mmol) is added in portions at RT under N2 to a stirred mixture of tert-butyl 2-(methanesulfonyloxy)-7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane-7-carboxylate (6.00 g, 18.78 mmol) and 4-bromopyrazole (2.76 g, 18.78 mmol) in DMF (50.00 mL) and the mixture is stirred for 2 hrs at 100° C. under N2. The mixture is cooled to RT, diluted with H2O (100 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (3×150 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2×200 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18 eluting with a gradient of 40% to 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA), 220 nm, to give the title compound (5 g). The product is dissolved in DCM (100 mL), washed with brine (2×150 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound as an off-white solid (4.5 g, 64.7%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 4.80-4.69 (m, 1H), 3.47-3.38 (m, 2H), 3.38-3.29 (m, 2H), 2.51-2.38 (m, 2H), 2.38-2.25 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.61 (m, 4H), 1.47 (s, 9H).
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl 2-(4-bromopyrazol-1-yl)-7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane-7-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate. Temperature is varied from 70° C. to 100′° C.
1The mixture is filtered, the filter cake is washed with DCM (3 × 20 mL) the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; 40-60% ACN in H2O.
2The crude product is used directly without further purification.
3The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with (6:1-1:1 PE/EtOAc.
a 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.51 (d, 2H), 4.28-4.18 (m, 2H), 4.00-3.89 (m, 1H), 3.35-3.25 (m, 1H), 3.05-2.95 (m, 1H), 2.35-1.93 (m, 2H), 1.67-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.48 (s, 9H).
A stirred solution of tert-butyl 3-(4-bromopyrazol-1-yl)azetidine-1-carboxylate (7.50 g, 24.82 mmol) in THE (160 mL) at 0° C. under N2 is treated with LDA (2 mmol/L in THF) (37 mL, 74.46 mmol) and the mixture is stirred for 30 min. CH3I (10.57 g, 74.46 mmol) is added and the mixture is stirred for 2 hrs at RT under N2. The reaction is quenched with H2O (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (1×100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of PE:EtOAc (9:1-5:1) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (4.13 g, 52.62%), which is used directly without further purification. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.53 (s, 1H), 5.04-4.93 (m, 1H), 4.48-4.40 (m, 2H), 4.36-4.28 (m, 2H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 1.48 (s, 9H).
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl 3-(4-bromo-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)azetidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions and adjusting the purification system as appropriate. Temperature is varied from −78° C. to RT. The reaction can also be quenched with NH4Cl.
1721
1731
1791
1821
1831
1852
1Crude product used directly without further purification.
2Dried extract is filtered and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure.
A solution of tert-butyl 3-(4-bromo-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)azetidine-1-carboxylate (3.00 g, 9.488 mmol) in TFA (10 mL) and DCM (20 mL) is stirred for 2 hrs at RT. The solution is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a brown oil (4 g, crude, TFA salt), which is used directly without further purification. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.50 (s, 1H), 5.16-5.06 (m, 1H), 4.30 (t, 2H), 3.88 (t, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H). The compound is used directly without further purification.
The following compound is prepared essentially as described for 1-(Azetidin-3-yl)-4-bromo-5-methylpyrazole using the appropriate reagents, and adjusting the reaction time to determine completion of the reaction.
Tf2O (3.62 g, 12.82 mmol) is added dropwise to a stirred mixture of tert-butyl (3R)-3-hydroxypyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (2.00 g, 10.68 mmol) and DIEA (4.14 g, 32.05 mmol) in DCM (30 mL) at −40° C. under N2. The mixture is added dropwise to a stirred solution of 1-(azetidin-3-yl)-4-bromo-5-methylpyrazole (4 g, crude) in DCM (30 mL). The mixture is made basic to pH˜10 with DIEA (3 mL) at −40° C. under N2. The mixture is stirred for an additional 4 hrs at −40° C. and then concentrated under vacuum. The solution is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 20% to 30% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA); 220 nm to give the title compound as a light-yellow solid (500 mg, 12%). ES/MS m/z (79Br/81Br) 385.1/387.1 [M+H]+.
tert-Butyl (3S)-3-(trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (2.05 g, 6.41 mmol, crude) is added dropwise to a stirred solution of 1-(azetidin-3-yl)-4-bromo-5-methylpyrazole (3 g, 13.88 mmol, crude) in DCM (30 mL). The solution is made basic to pH˜10 with DIEA (3 mL) at −40° C. under N2 and the mixture is stirred for 4 hrs at −40° C. The solution is quenched by H2O (30 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×100 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (2×80 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 30% to 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA) to give the title compound as a light-yellow oil (520 mg, 38.5%). ES/MS m/z (79Br/81Br) 385.0/387.0 [M+H]+.
The following compound is prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl (3R)-3-[3-(4-bromo-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)azetidin-1-yl]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions. Temperature is varied from −70° C. to −40° C.
1Prep TLC (EtOAc).
NaBH3CN (2.18 g, 34.709 mmol) is added in portions to a stirred mixture of 1-(azetidin-3-yl)-4-bromo-5-methylpyrazole (5.00 g, 23.14 mmol) and tert-butyl 3-oxopiperidine-1-carboxylate (5.53 g, 27.77 mmol) in MeOH (50 mL) at RT and the mixture is stirred for 2 hrs. The reaction is quenched with H2O (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of PE:EtOAc (5:1-1:1) to give the title compound as a brown solid (4.0 g, 43.2%). ES/MS m/z (79Br/81Br) 399.1/401.1 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl 3-[3-(4-bromo-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)azetidin-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate. Temperature is varied from RT to 50° C.
1TFA and catalytic AcOH is added to the initial solution before NaBH3CN is added.
2Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (2:1 to 1:1)
tert-Butyl-3-[3-(4-bromo-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)azetidin-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (1.0 g) is separated by Prep-chiral with the following conditions: Column, Phenomenex Lux 5μ Cellulose-4, AXIA Packed, 2.12*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 20% MeOH in CO2, flow rate 40 mL/min; 210 nm; Analytical LC conditions are: Column Lux Cellulose-4, 0.46*10 cm, 3.0 μm eluting with 10% to 50% MeOH (0.1% DEA) in CO2, flow rate of 2 mL/min to give t(R) tert-butyl (3S)-3-[3-(4-bromo-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)azetidine-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate, t(R) is 1.85 min with 100% ee as a light-yellow solid (460 mg); t(R) tert-butyl (3R)-3-[3-(4-bromo-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)azetidine-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate is 2.18 min with 100% ee as a light-yellow solid (450 mg). ES/MS m/z 399.1/401.1 [M+H]+.
A mixture of tert-butyl (3R,4S)-4-azido-3-fluoro-piperidine-1-carboxylate (1.00 g, 4.09 mmol) and trimethyl(prop-1-yn-1-yl)silane (1.38 g, 12.28 mmol) is irradiated with microwave radiation for 1 hr at 150° C. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (1.5 g,) as a white solid, which is used in the next step without further purification. ES/MS m/z 357.1 [M+H]+
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl (3R,4S)-3-fluoro-4-(5-methyl-4-trimethylsilyl-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate.
1Purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0% to 100% EtOAc in heptane.
2Reaction was run in toluene
3Purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with PE:EA (4:1).
4Purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with PE:EA (2:1).
5Purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with PE:EA (5:1).
6Purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with PE:EA (6:1 to 5:1).
K2CO3 (414.00 mg, 3.00 mmol) is added in portions to a stirred solution of tert-butyl 4-azidopiperidine-1-carboxylate (226.00 mg, 1.00 mmol) and EAA (130.00 mg, 1.20 mmol) in DMSO (5.00 mL) at RT under N2. The mixture is stirred for 6 hrs at 80° C. under N2. The mixture is cooled to RT, H2 (10 mL) is added, and the mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (2×20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of PE:EtOAc (10:1 to 0:1) to give the title compound as a yellow oil (330 mg, 66.80). ES/MS m/z 339.3 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl 4-[114-(ethoxycarbonyl)-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions. DMF can also be used as the solvent. Temperature is varied from RT to 80° C.
2164,2
1The mixture is filtered, the filter cake is washed with DCM (3 × 50 mL), and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure.
2Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (1:1).
3Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (10:1 to 2:1).
4DMF used as solvent.
5Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (2:1 to 1:1).
6Reverse flash chromatography: Column, C18, 55% to 60% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
A solution of tert-butyl 4-[4-(ethoxycarbonyl)-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (300.00 mg, 0.890 mmol) and KOH (100.00 mg, 1.780 mmol) in H2O (5.00 mL) is stirred for 2 hrs at 50° C. under N2. The mixture is acidified to a pH of 4 with HCl (aq.) (1N) at 0° C. and extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (2×15 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a yellow oil (250 mg, 900%). ES/MS m/z 311.3 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 1-[1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-4-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxylic acid using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions. The solvent can be DMSO and the base can be NaOH.
2221
1Precipitated solids are collected by filtration, washed with H2O (3 × 20 mL), and dried in vacuo.
To a solution of tert-butyl 4-[4-bromo-3-(2-methoxy-2-oxo-ethyl)-5-methyl-pyrazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (390 mg, 0.94 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) is added LiBH4 (24.49 mg, 1.12 mmol) at 0° C. under N2. The reaction is stirred 1 hr at RT, cooled to 0° C. and quenched with H2O (10 mL). The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The organic layers are combined, washed with brine (2×10 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (350 mg, 96.22%) as a yellow oil. ES/MS m/z (79Br/81Br) 388.1/390.1 [M+H]+.
To 5,7-dichloroimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (600 mg, 2.83 mmol) and (1R)-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethanamine hydrochloride (749.7 mg, 4.25 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) is added Cs2CO3 (5532 mg, 16.98 mmol), BINAP (176.2 mg, 0.28 mmol) and Pd(AcO)2 (4.33 mg, 0.005 mmol) at RT under N2. The reaction is stirred for 2 hr at 100° C. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE/EtOAc (5:1 to 1:3), to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (250 mg, 28%). ES/MS m/z 316.1 [M+H]+.
A solution of 4-chloro-6-methoxypyridin-2-amine (7.00 g, 44.14 mmol), chloroacetaldehyde (8.32 g, 52.99 mmol, 50%) and NaHCO3 (11.12 g, 132.42 mmol) in n-butanol (140.00 mL) is divided into fourteen batches and stirred overnight at 65° C. in sealed tubes. The solution is cooled to RT, diluted with H2O (200 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×200 mL). The organic extracts are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product is purified by silica gel chromatography (PE:EtOAc 1:1) to give the title compound as a light-brown solid (6.1 g, 75.68%). ES/MS m/z 183.10 [M+H]+.
The following compound is prepared essentially as described for 7-Chloro-5-methoxyimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction time to determine completion of the reactions.
A mixture of 7-chloro-5-methoxyimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (2.00 g, 10.95 mmol), NaOH (50% in H2O) (1.31 g, 16.43 mmol) and NDM (3.33 g, 16.43 mmol) in DMA (10.00 mL) is stirred for 2 hrs at 50° C. under N2. The mixture is diluted with H2O (100 mL), acidified to pH 4-5 with 1 M HCl to give precipitated solids that are collected by filtration and washed with PE (3×100 mL), H2O (3×10 mL), and dried in vacuo to give the title compound as a light-yellow solid (1.5 g, 81.24%). ES/MS m/z 169.2 [M+H]+.
To 2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethanol (6.53 g, 24.06 mmol) in THE (50.00 mL) is added 60% NaH (0.96 g, 24.06 mmol) at 0° C. under N2. After being stirred at 0° C. for 0.5 hr, 5,7-dichloroimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (3 g, 16.04 mmol) is added to the mixture. The reaction is stirred at RT for 2 hr under N2. The reaction is quenched with H2O (50 mL) then extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2×50 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE/EtOAc (5:1 to 4:1) to afford the title compound as a brown solid (2.5 g, 36.93%). ES/MS m/z 422.2. [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl-[2-(7-chloroimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-5-yl)oxy-2-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)ethoxy]-dimethyl-silane using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction time to determine completion of the reactions.
1Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (10:1 to 5:1).
2Purified by reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 0% to 100% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH3•H2O).
A solution of 6-bromo-4-hydroxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (2.00 g, 8.40 mmol), (1S)-1-(pyridin-2-yl)ethanol (1.14 g, 9.24 mmol) and PPh3 (2.64 g, 10.08 mmol) in THE (20.0 mL) is stirred for 10 min at RT under N2. DEAD (1.76 g, 10.08 mmol) is added dropwise to the mixture over 10 min at RT. After the mixture is stirred for an additional 2 hrs at RT, it is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of PE:EtOAc (PE-3:1) to give the title compound as a green oil (1.48 g, 51.3%). ES/MS m z 343.0/345.0 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 6-bromo-4-[(1R)-1-(pyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions. Temperature is varied from 0° C. to RT.
2441
1Purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (15:1 to 10:1).
To tert-butyl (3R,4S)-3-fluoro-4-(5-methyl-4-trimethylsilyl-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (1.5 g) and SiO2 (505.58 mg, 8.41 mmol) in ACN (15 mL) is added NBS (2.00 g, 11.22 mmol) at RT under N2. The reaction is stirred for 2 hr at 80° C. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is quenched with H2O. The suspension is filtered and washed with EtOAc (2×5 mL). The filtrate is extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2×100 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with PE:EA (3:1) to afford the title compound (1.3 g, 85.1%) as a white solid. ES/MS m/z (79Br/81Br) 363.0/365.0 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl (3R,4S)-4-(4-bromo-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl)-3-fluoro-piperidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate.
1Purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with PE:EA (4:1).
2Purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with PE:EA (3:1).
3Purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0% to 100% EA in heptane.
4Purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with PE:EA (5:1).
5Purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with PE:EA (5:1 to 4:1).
To tert-butyl 2-[4-(ethoxycarbonyl)-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl]-7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane-7-carboxylate (11.1 g, 29.3 mmol.) in H2O (100 mL) is added KOH (6.59 g, 117.3 mmol) at RT under N2. The reaction is stirred for 2 hr at 50° C. The reaction mixture is used in the next step directly without further purification.
To 1-(7-tert-butoxycarbonyl-7-azaspiro[3.5]nonan-2-yl)-5-methyl-triazole-4-carboxylic acid is added Br2 (6.95 g, 43.99 mmol) dropwise at RT under N2. The reaction is stirred for 1 hr at RT then extracted with EtOAc (2×100 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with sat. Na2S2O3 (100 mL), brine (100 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated to afford the title compound as a white solid (8.7 g, 75.35%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 4.84-4.69 (m, 1H), 3.50-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.38-3.30 (m, 2H), 2.62-2.54 (m, 2H), 2.53-2.44 (m, 2H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 1.77-1.62 (m, 4H), 1.46 (s, 9H).
Br2 (154.00 mg, 0.96 mmol) is added in portions to a stirred solution of 1-[1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-4-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxylic acid (248 mg, 0.80 mmol) and KOH (54.00 mg, 0.96 mmol) in H2O (6 mL) and the mixture is stirred for 3 hrs at RT under N2. A precipitate results, and the mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3×30 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (2×15 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a yellow solid (190 mg, 690%). ES/MS m/z (79Br/81Br) 345.2/347.2 [M+H]+, which is used directly without further purification.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl 4-(4-bromo-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions. Temperature is varied from 0° C. to RT. HBr/AcOH can be used as the solvent.
1Reverse flash chromatography: Column, C18, 10% to 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
2Silica gel column chromatography eluting with PE:EtOAc (5:1).
3Reverse flash chromatography: Column, C18, 50% to 80% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA).
4Reverse flash chromatography: Column, C18, 40% to 70% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA).
5Reverse flash chromatography: Column, C18, 50% to 55% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
To tert-butyl 4-[2-(4-bromo-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl)-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl]-3-oxo-piperazine-1-carboxylate (1 g, 2.40 mmol) in THE (10.00 mL) is added BH3 (12.01 mL, 12.01 mol, 1M in THF) dropwise at 0° C. under N2. The reaction is stirred for 2 hr at RT, cooled to 0° C. and quenched with MeOH (10 mL). The mixture is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with PE:EtOAc (4:1 to 2:1) to afford the title compound (0.53 g, 54.8%) as a light yellow oil. ES/MS m/z (79Br/81Br) 401.8/403.8 [M+H]+.
A mixture of 1-(3-benzyloxycyclobutyl)-4-bromo-5-methyl-triazole (8.5 g, 26.38 mmol) and FeCl3 (8.56 g, 52.76 mmol) in DCM (100 mL) is stirred for 2 hr at 50° C. under N2. Upon cooling to RT the reaction is diluted with H2O (50 mL). The mixture is extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2×100 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (8.00 g, crude) as a brown solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 5.09-4.99 (m, 1H), 4.55-4.42 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.48-2.37 (m, 2H), 2.21 (s, 3H).
A mixture of 3-(4-bromo-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl)cyclobutanol (4.00 g, 17.23 mmol) and Dess-Martin (10.97 g, 25.85 mmol) in DCM (40 mL) is stirred for 2 hr RT under N2. The mixture is diluted with H2O (100 mL), extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL), washed with brine (2×100 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography with the following conditions: column, C18; mobile phase, 20% to 40% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA) to afford the title compound (2.10 g, 52.96%) as a white solid. ES/MS m/z (79Br/81Br) 229.9/231.9 [M+H]+.
A mixture of 3-[(diphenylmethyl)amino]-3-methylbutan-2-one (700.00 mg, 2.62 mmol) and Br2 (418.39 mg, 2.62 mmol) in HBr in AcOH (40%, 6.00 mL) is stirred for 2 hrs at RT under N2. The reaction is quenched with NaHCO3/ice (300 mL) at 0° C. The mixture is extracted with DCM (2×300 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (1×300 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (800 mg) as yellow solid which is used without further purification. ES/MS m/z (79Br/81Br) 346.0/348.0 [M+H]+.
A mixture of 1-bromo-3-[(diphenylmethyl)amino]-3-methylbutan-2-one (2.10 g, 6.07 mmol) and NaHCO3 (764.21 mg, 9.10 mmol) in DMF (6.00 mL) and H2O (1.50 mL) is stirred for 12 hours at RT under N2. The mixture is diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and washed with H2O (3×80 mL). The organic layer is washed with brine (2×80 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 24% to 27% ACN in H2O to give the title compound as a yellow solid (1.30 g, 75.4%). ES/MS m/z 284.3 [M+H2O+H]+.
A mixture of 4-methoxy-6-[5-methyl-1-(piperidin-4-yl)pyrazol-4-yl]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (300.00 mg, 0.89 mmol), 1-(phenylmethyl)-2,2-dimethylazetidin-3-one (473.29 mg, 1.78 mmol), AcOH (5.36 mg, 0.089 mmol) and NaBH3CN (140.11 mg, 2.23 mmol) in MeOH (4.00 mL) is stirred for 12 hours at 50° C. under N2. The reaction is quenched with NaHCO3 (50 mL) at RT and the aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc (2×80 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 38% to 40% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (400 mg, 76.57%). ES/MS m/z 586.3 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 6-(1-[1-[1-(diphenylmethyl)-2,2-dimethylazetidin-3-yl]piperidin-4-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-4-yl)-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate. The reaction can also be quenched with H2O, and the filtrate can be washed with EtOAc.
1Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with 1% to 50% EA in PE.
The isomers of tert-Butyl 4-[3-(4-bromo-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)azetidin-1-yl]-3,3-difluoropiperidine-1-carboxylate (1.9 g) are isolated by Chiral Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column, N--CHIRALPAK IG (Lot No. IG30CS-VL001), 4.6*100 mm, 3.0 μm; eluting with a gradient of 10%-50% MeOH (20 mM NH3); flow rate: 2 mL/min; 210 nm; t(R) Isomer 1 is 2.30 min with 100% ee as a white solid (810 mg, 42.63%); t(R) Isomer 2 is 2.52 min with 100% ee as a white solid (788 mg, 41.47%).
F-TEDA (23.95 g, 67.61 mmol) is added in portions to a stirred solution of 5H,6H-cyclopenta[b]pyridin-7-one (3.00 g, 22.53 mmol) and Na2SO4 (16.00 g, 112.64 mmol) in ACN (30 mL) at RT under N2, and the mixture is stirred for 3 hrs at 80° C. under N2. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of PE/EtOAc (3:1) to give the title compound as a light-yellow solid (2.2 g, 57.73%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 8.88 (dd, 1H), 8.14 (dd, 1H), 7.78 (dd, 1H), 3.75 (t, 2H).
A stirred solution of 6,6-difluoro-3H,4H,5H-cyclopenta[b]pyridin-7-one (1 g, 5.84 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) is treated with NaBH4 (220 mg, 5.82 mmol) and stirred for 2 hrs at RT under N2. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of PE/EtOAc (3:1) to give the title compound as a white solid (800 mg, 80%). ES/MS m/z 172.0 [M+H]+.
Tf2O (597.33 mg, 2.12 mmol) is added dropwise at 0° C. to a stirred solution of (R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(pyridin-2-yl)ethanol (250 mg, 1.41 mmol) and TEA (428.47 mg, 4.23 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) and the mixture is stirred for 4 hrs at RT under N2. The mixture is diluted with H2O (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (1×20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a yellow oil (280 mg, crude). The product is used directly without further purification. ES/MS m/z 309.8 [M+H]+.
The following compound is prepared essentially as described for (R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(pyridin-2-yl)ethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate.
1The extracts are concentrated under vacuum, and are not washed with brine, dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, or filtered.
To 6-bromo-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine (5.00 g, 22.02 mmol) and bis(pinacolato)diboron (6710.27 mg, 26.43 mmol) in dioxane (10 mL) are added KOAc (6.48 g, 66.06 mmol) and Pd(dppf)Cl2 (322.25 mg, 0.44 mmol, 0.02 equiv.) at RT under N2. The resulting mixture is stirred for 2 hr at 80° C. under N2. The mixture is carried forward without a further purification. ES/MS m/z 275.1 [M+H]+.
A mixture of tert-Butyl-[2-(7-chloroimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-5-yl)oxy-2-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)ethoxy]-dimethyl-silane (1.8 g, 4.27 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.62 g, 6.40 mmol), KOAc (1.05 g, 10.67 mmol) and XPhos (0.24 g, 0.51 mmol), Pd2(dba)3 (0.39 g, 0.427 mmol) in dioxane (20 mL) is stirred at 80° C. for 2 hr under N2. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is carried forward to the next step without a further purification. ES/MS m/z 432.1 [M+H]+.
A stirred mixture of 7-chloro-5-methoxyimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine(1.00 g, 5.48 mmol) and bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.67 g, 6.57 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane is treated with KOAc (1.61 g, 16.43 mmol) and Xphos Pd G4 (0.05 g, 0.06 mmol) at RT under N2 and stirred for 8 hrs at 80° C. The mixture is diluted with H2O (100 mL), acidified to pH 4 with HCl aq. (1 N), and extracted with i-PrOH:CHCl3 (3:1)(3×200 mL). The combined organic extracts are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum to give the title compound as a light-pink solid (1.4 g, crude). ES/MS m/z 193.0 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 5-methoxyimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-ylboronic acid using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions. The catalyst can also be XPhos Pd G4.
10.1 eq Xantphos Pd G4 and 0.2 eq X-Phos used
A stirred RT solution of 6-bromo-4-[(1R)-1-(pyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (1.40 g, 4.08 mmol), KOAc (1.20 g, 12.24 mmol) and bis(pinacolato)diboron (1.24 g, 4.90 mmol) in dioxane (20.00 mL) under N2 is treated with Pd(dppf)Cl2—CH2Cl2 (0.17 g, 0.20 mmol), and the mixture is stirred for 2 hrs at 100° C. under N2. The mixture is filtered, the filter cake is washed with EtOAc (3×20 mL), and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a black solid (2.5 g, crude), which is used directly without further purification. ES/MS m z 391.3 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 4-[(1R)-1-(pyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]-6-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions. Temperature is varied from 80° C. to 100′° C. The base can also be KF. The catalyst can also be Pd(PPh3)4, Pd2(dba)3 or Pd(dppf)Cl2 and can be used alone or in combination with XPhos Pd G4.
1Mixture is used directly without further purification.
2Mixture is filtered, washed with 1,4-dioxane, concentrated under reduced pressure, and used directly without further purification.
3The reaction mixture is filtered and purified with reverse phase C18 chromatography.
4Upon workup the organic layers are combined, washed with H2O. The aqueous layer is acidified to pH 3-4 with conc. HCl. The precipitate is collected by filtration, washed with water, and dried in vacuo.
5Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE/EtOAc (20:1 to 3:1).
aMaterial is used without further purification.
A mixture of 4-methoxy-6-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine (5.06 g, 18.46 mmol) and NCS (2.47 g, 18.46 mmol) in CHCl3 (5 mL) is heated at 50° C. for 1 hr. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is washed with H2O, sat. aq. NaHCO3, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated to afford the title compound (5.79 g, 18 mmol) as a light brown solid. ES/MS m/z 227.0 [M+H-C6H12]+.
To 7-bromo-5-chloroimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine (700.0 mg, 3.02 mmol) and tert-butyl 4-[5-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyrazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate(946.7 mg, 2.41 mmol) in dioxane/H2O (4:1, 10.0 mL) is added Pd(PPh3)4 (349.4 mg, 0.30 mmol) and KF (527.0 mg, 9.07 mmol) at RT under N2. The reaction is stirred for 2 hr at 100° C. under N2. The resulting mixture is filtered, the filter cake is washed with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (1:2) to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (700 mg, 55.6%). ES/MS m/z 416.2 [M+H]+.
7-chloroimidazo[1,2-c]pyrimidin-5(6H)-one (300 mg, 1.77 mmol), tert-butyl 4-(5-methyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (1.04 g, 2.65 mmol), dicyclohexyl(2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-2-yl)phosphane (127 mg, 0.27 mmol), and K3PO4 (1.13 g, 5.31 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (4 mL) is treated with Pd2(dba)3 (243 mg, 0.27 mmol) and sparged with N2 for 5 min. The reaction is sealed and refluxed overnight. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is diluted with H2O and extracted with EtOAc (3×). The combined organic layers are washed with H2O, followed by brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to a yellow oil. The oil is dissolved into DCM and purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0% to 10% MeOH in DCM to afford the title compound (470 mg, 1.18 mmol, 66.7%) as a solid. ES/MS m/z 399.2 [M+H]+.
A mixture of tert-butyl 4-(4-bromo-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (1.60 g, 4.63 mmol), 5-methoxyimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-ylboronic acid (1.33 g, crude), K2CO3 (1.92 g, 13.90 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (0.27 g, 0.23 mmol), dioxane (8 mL) and H2O (2.00 mL) is stirred for 8 hrs at 90° C. under N2. The mixture is cooled to RT, diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), washed with H2O (50 mL), and then brine (80 mL). The combined organic layers are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of PE:EtOAc (3:1 to 1:1) to give the title compound as a brown solid (520 mg, 18.2%). ES/MS m/z 413.3 [M+H]+.
To 4-Methoxy-6-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine (5 g, 18.24 mmol) and tert-butyl 4-(4-bromo-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (6.93 g, 20.06 mmol) in dioxane (80 mL) and water (20 mL) is added K2CO3 (7.56 g, 54.72 mmol) and Pd(DtBPF)Cl2 (0.24 g, 0.36 mmol) RT under N2. The reaction is stirred overnight at 80° C. Upon cooling to RT, the resultant mixture is diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2×80 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography eluting with a gradient of 30% to 60% EtOAc in PE to afford the title compound as a light-brown solid (4.5 g, 59.8%). ES/MS m/z 413.2 [M+H]+.
A solution of tert-butyl 4-(4-(4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)-5-methyl-1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (16.1 g, 39.02 mmol) in CHCl3 (50 mL) is treated with PPTS (981 mg, 3.90 mmol) followed by NCS (5.21 g, 39.02 mmol). The reaction is stirred at 40° C. for 95 min. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by phase silica gel chromatography eluting with 0% to 100% EtOAc in heptane to afford the title compound (17.7 g, 101%) as a colorless solid. ES/MS m/z 391.2 [M+2H-tBu]+.
To 5-[(1R)-1-(pyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-ylboronic acid(1.00 g, 3.53 mmol), tert-butyl 3-(4-bromo-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)azetidine-1-carboxylate (1.23 g, 3.89 mmol) and K2CO3 (1.46 g, 10.60 mmol) in dioxane (8.00 mL) and H2O (2.00 mL) is added Pd(PPh3)4 (0.41 g, 0.35 mmol) at RT under N2. The resulting mixture is stirred at 100° C. for 2 hr under N2. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 5% to 10% MeOH in DCM to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (550 mg, 32.74%). ES/MS m/z 476.1 [M+H]+.
A mixture of 5-[2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-ylboronic acid (1.6 g, 3.71 mmol), tert-butyl 4-(4-bromo-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (1.41 g, 4.08 mmol), K2CO3 (1.54 g, 11.13 mmol), Pd(DtBPF)Cl2 (242 mg, 0.37 mmol) in dioxane (20 mL) and H2O (5 mL) is stirred at 80° C. for 2 hr under N2. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (1:2 to 1:1) to afford the title compound as a brown solid (1.2 g, 49.63%). ES/MS m/z 652.4 [M+H]+.
A stirred solution of tert-butyl 3-(4-bromo-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)azetidine-1-carboxylate (2.50 g, 7.91 mmol) and 4-methoxy-6-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (2.37 g, 7.91 mmol) in dioxane:H2O (80 mL:20 mL) is treated with K2CO3 (3.28 g, 23.72 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (0.09 g, 0.08 mmol) at RT under N2, and the mixture is stirred overnight at 100° C. under N2. The mixture is cooled to RT, the reaction is quenched with H2O (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×150 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (1×150 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of PE:EtOAc (10:1-1:1) to give the title compound as a white solid (1.88 g, 58.21%). 1H NMR (300 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 8.61-8.51 (m, 2H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.09 (d, 1H), 5.41-5.26 (m, 1H), 4.37-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.18 (d, 2H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 1.43 (s, 9H).
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl 3-(4-[3-cyano-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a] yridine-6-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)azetidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions. Temperature is varied from 80° C. to 100′C. The solvent can also be toluene: H2O. The base can also be KOAc, K3PO4, or KF. The catalyst can also be CsF, Pd(AcO)2, PCY3, Pd(dppf)Cl2 DCM, Pd2(dba)3·CHCl3 or Pd(dppf)Cl2, alone or in combination with X-Phos or Xphos Pd G4. Alternatively, the reaction can be carried out without a catalyst. The mixture can also be extracted with PE and CHCl3: i-PrOH.
1Prep-TLC (EtOAc:PE = 1:1).
2Reverse flash chromatography with the following conditions: column, C18; ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
3Reverse flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18, ACN in H2O (0.1% FA).
4Reverse flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; ACN in H2O (0.1% NH3H2O).
5Reverse flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; ACN in H2O.
6Reverse flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18, H2O (0.1% FA).
7Silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of DCM:MeOH.
8Silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (1:2)
9Reverse flash chromatography: Column, C18, 40% to 70% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA).
10Catalyst: Pd(DtBPF)Cl2.
11Silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (1:1).
13Silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (4:1 to 1:2).
14Silica gel flash column chromatography, eluting 10% to 60% EtOAc in PE.
15Prep-TLC (EtOAc).
16Silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of DCM:MeOH (20:1).
17Reverse flash chromatography with the following conditions: column, C18; 10% to 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
18Reverse flash chromatography with the following conditions: column, C18; 50% to 60% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
19Silica gel column chromatography, eluting with 50% to 100% EtOAc in PE.
20Silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of DCM:MeOH (20:1 to 12:1).
22Pd(DtBPF)Cl2 used as catalyst
23Silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (2:1 to 1:1).
24Silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (2:1 to 1:1).
25Silica gel column chromatography, eluting with 0% to 100% EtOAc in heptane.
26Reverse flash chromatography with the following conditions: column, C18; 10% to 50% ACN in H2O.
bES/MS m/z [M + 2H − tBu]+.
A solution of 4-[(1R)-1-(pyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]-6-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (500 mg, 1.28 mmol), tert-butyl 4-(4-bromo-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (487 mg, 1.41 mmol), K2CO3 (531 mg, 3.84 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (148 mg, 0.13 mmol), H2O (2 mL) and dioxane (8 mL) is stirred overnight at 100° C. under N2. The mixture is diluted with H2O (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×20 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (2×20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 50% to 60% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3) to give the title compound as a brown solid (354 mg, 52.27%). ES/MS m/z 529.3 [M+H]+.
A stirred mixture of tert-butyl 2-(4-bromo-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)-7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane-7-carboxylate (200.00 mg, 0.52 mmol) and 4-methoxy-6-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (171.24 mg, 0.57 mmol) in dioxane (4.00 mL) and H2O (1 mL) is treated with K2CO3 (215.77 mg, 1.56 mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (120.27 mg, 0.10 mmol) in portions at RT under N2. The mixture is stirred for 2 hrs at 80° C. under N2. The mixture is cooled to RT and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of PE:EtOAc (3:1 to 2:1), to give the title compound as a yellow solid (110 mg, 44.3%). ES/MS m/z 462.3 [M-tBu+ACN+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl 2-(4-[3-cyano-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)-7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane-7-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions. Temperature is varied from 80° C. to 100° C. Toluene:H2O can also be used as the solvent. Pd(AcO)2, PCy3, XPhos Pd G2, XPhos Pd G4, or Pd(dppf)Cl2 can also be used as the catalyst or no catalyst can be used. K3PO4, KF or CsF can also be used as the base. Pd(DtBPF)Cl2 may also be used as a catalyst.
1ISCO Column, eluting with hexanes:EtOAc (10-100%).
2Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of DCM:MeOH (20:1).
3Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0% to 10% MeOH in DCM.
4Purified by Prep-TLC (EA)
5Purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
6Purified by Prep-TLC PE:EtOAc (1:1).
7Purified by Prep-TLC (EA).
8Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (1:3).
9Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (2:3).
10Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0% to 10% MeOH in DCM.
11Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EA (2:3).
12Purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with PE:EA (1:1 to 1:2).
13Purified by reverse phase chromatography: column, C18; eluting with 40% to 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4OH).
14Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (3:1).
15Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EA (2:1 to 1:1).
(Trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (10 mL, 8.32 mmol) is added dropwise over 5 min to a stirred solution of 4-methoxy-6-[5-methyl-1-(piperidin-4-yl)pyrazol-4-yl]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (400.00 mg, 1.18 mmol) and DIEA (307.36 mg, 2.37 mmol) in DCM (5.00 mL) at −60° C. under N2. The mixture is stirred for 1 hr at RT under N2, washed with H2O (3×20 mL), and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of DCM: MeOH (9:1) to give the title compound as a brown solid (411 mg, 68.36%). ES/MS m/z 506.3 [M+H]+.
Tf2O (420.55 mg, 1.491 mmol) is added dropwise to a stirred solution of tert-butyl (2S,4S)-4-hydroxy-2-methylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate(300.00 mg, 1.491 mmol) and DIEA (577.94 mg, 4.472 mmol) in DCM (5.00 mL) at −70° C. under N2 for 1 hr. The solution of tert-butyl (2S,4S)-2-methyl-4-(trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate is then added dropwise to a stirred solution of 6-[1-(azetidin-3-yl)-5-methylpyrazol-4-yl]-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile. TFA (400.00 mg, 0.95 mmol) and DIEA (367.20 mg, 2.84 mmol) in DCM (20.00 mL) at −70° C. under N2. The solution is stirred overnight at RT, quenched by H2O (50 mL), and extracted with DCM (2×50 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (2×50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by Prep-TLC (EtOAc) give the title compound as a light-yellow solid (80 mg, 17.18%). ES/MS m/z 492.2 [M+H]+.
A mixture of 4-methoxy-6-(5-methyl-1-(piperidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (300.00 mg, 0.89 mmol), tert-butyl (3R)-3-(methanesulfonyloxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (2.37 g, 8.92 mmol) and K2CO3 (369.75 mg, 2.68 mmol) in toluene (3.00 mL) is stirred for 4 hrs at 150° C. under N2. The mixture is cooled to RT, poured into H2O (20 mL), and extracted with DCM (2×20 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with saturated NaCl aq. (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of DCM:MeOH (95:5-90:10) to give the title compound as a light-yellow solid (260 mg, 57.66%). ES/MS m/z 506.4 [M+H]+.
A mixture of 6-(1-[1-[1-(diphenylmethyl)-2,2-dimethylazetidin-3-yl]piperidin-4-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-4-yl)-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (400.00 mg, 0.68 mmol), Boc2O (447.11 mg, 2.05 mmol) and Pd(OH)2/C (287.69 mg) in MeOH (10.00 mL) is stirred for 12 hours at RT under H2. The mixture is filtered, the filter cake is washed with MeOH (2×30 mL), and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 30% to 33% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (260 mg, 73.27%). ES/MS m/z 520.4 [M+H]+.
Isomers of tert-butyl 3-[4-(4-[3-cyano-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl]-2,2-dimethylazetidine-1-carboxylate (390.00 mg) are separated by Prep-chiral chromatography with the following conditions: Column, CHIRAL ART Cellulose-SB, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with a gradient of 30% iPrOH in hexanes (10 mM NH3 MeOH); flow rate 20 mL/min; 254/220 nm; t(R) Isomer 1 is 10.2 min (110 mg, 28.21%) as a yellow solid with 100% ee; t(R) Isomer 2 is 12.7 min (120 mg, 30.77%) as a yellow solid with 99.6% ee. ES/MS m/z 520.4 [M+H]+.
tert-Butyl 3-oxoazetidine-1-carboxylate (101.18 mg, 0.59 mmol) in MeOH (4.00 mL) is added to 4-methoxy-6-(5-methyl-1-(piperidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (100.00 mg, 0.30 mmol) at RT. The solution is stirred for 1 hr at 40° C. After the solution is cooled to RT, NaBH3CN (37.14 mg, 0.591 mmol) is added and the mixture is stirred for 15 hrs at RT. The mixture is diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with H2O (2×50 mL). The organic extract is dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 50% to 60% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA) to give the title compound as a light-yellow solid (130 mg, 89.5%). ES/MS m/z 492.2 [M+H]+.
6-[1-(Azetidin-3-yl)-5-methylpyrazol-4-yl]-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (241 mg, 0.78 mmol) is added to a stirred solution of tert-butyl (3S)-3-(trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy) pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (2.3 mL, 0.78 mmol, 3.4 M in DCM) in DCM (5 mL) at −50° C. under N2. After the solution is stirred for 1 hr at −50° C., additional tert-butyl (3S)-3-(trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (2.3 mL, 0.78. mmol, 3.4 M in DCM) is added and stirring is continued at −50° C. for an additional hr. The mixture is diluted with EtOAc (100 mL) and washed with H2O (2×20 mL) and brine (20 mL). The combined organic extracts are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: C18; eluting with a gradient of 35% to 60% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3) to give the title compound as a light-yellow solid (80 mg, 20.6%). ES/MS m/z 478.4 [M+H]+.
A stirred RT solution of tert-butyl 4-(4-[5-methoxyimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (500 mg, 1.21 mmol) in DCM (6 mL) is treated with NIS (300 mg, 1.33 mmol) and stirred for 8 hrs at RT. The mixture is diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), washed with H2O (20 mL), and then brine (20 mL). The combined organic extracts are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (820 mg, crude), which is used directly without further purification. ES/MS m/z 539.2 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl 4-(4-[3-iodo-5-methoxyimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate. The compound can also be chlorinated with NCS, or with 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylimidazolidine-2,4-dione. The reaction can be quenched with Na2SO3, and the mixture can also be extracted with DCM. Temperature is varied from −60° C. to RT.
1Purified by flash silica gel chromatography eluting with 0% to 100% EtOAc in heptane.
To a solution of tert-butyl 4-[4-(3-iodo-4-methoxy-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (500 mg, 0.929 mmol) in toluene:H2O 10:1 (6.6 mL) is added cyclopropylboronic acid (160 mg, 1.86 mmol), K3PO4 (986 mg, 4.64 mmol), tricyclohexylphosphane (57.3 mg, 0.204 mmol), and PdOAc2 (22.9 mg, 0.102 mmol) and the mixture is heated at 100° C. for 16 hr. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is diluted with EtOAc (20 mL) and H2O (20 mL), layers are separated, and the aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). The combined organic layers are concentrated in vacuo and the residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography eulting with a gradient of 0% to 100% ACN in H2O to afford the title compound (79 mg, 19%). ES/MS m/z 452.9 [M+H]+.
A solution of tert-butyl 4-(4-[3-iodo-5-methoxyimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (800 mg, crude), DMF (8.00 mL), and CuCN (173.01 mg, 1.93 mmol) is stirred for 2 hrs at 100° C. under N2. The mixture is diluted with DCM (100 mL), washed first with H2O (20 mL), and next washed with brine (20 mL). The combined organic layers are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 50% to 70% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA) to give the title compound (450 mg, 46%%). ES/MS m/z 438.3 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl 4-(4-[3-cyano-5-methoxyimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate. The temperature is varied from 80° C. to 100° C. The reaction can also be quenched with H2O or NH4OH aq., and the mixture can be extracted with EtOAc or DCM.
1Purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with 0% to 100% EtOAc in DCM.
A solution of (1r,3r)-3-(4-(3-Chloro-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)-5-methyl-1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)cyclobutan-1-ol (1.03 g, 3.09 mmol), tert-butyldimethylchlorosilane (930 mg, 6.17 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) and imidazole (420 mg, 6.17 mmol) is stirred at RT for 30 min. The reaction is directly loaded onto a silica gel column which is eluting with 0% to 100% EtOAc in heptane to afford the title compound (700 mg, 1.56 mmol) as solid. ES/MS m/z 448.2 [M+H]+.
NaOH (50% aq.) (8.23 g, 102.856 mmol) is added dropwise to a stirred solution of tert-butyl 4-(4-[3-cyano-5-methoxyimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (15.00 g, 34.29 mmol) and NDM (10.41 g, 51.43 mmol) in DMA (200.00 mL) at RT under N2. The mixture is stirred for 2 hrs at 50° C. under N2. The mixture is diluted with H2O (1500 mL) and PE (500 mL) and acidified to pH 4 with FA. The precipitated solids are collected by filtration, washed with H2O (2×50 mL), PE (2×100 mL), and dried under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a white solid (13 g, 89.54%). ES/MS m/z 424.2 [M+H]+.
To tert-butyl 4-[4-(4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (900 mg, 2.18 mmol) and NaOH in water (523.60 mg, 6.55 mmol, 50% in water) in DMA (10 mL) is added dodecane-1-thiol (883 mg, 4.36 mmol) at RT under N2. The reaction is stirred at 50° C. for 2 hr. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is diluted with water (150 mL) and PE (50 mL). The pH of the mixture is acidified to pH 4 with FA. The mixture is stirred for 3 hr at RT under N2. The resultant precipitate is filtered then washed with water (3×10 mL) and PE (3×10 mL). The solids are concentrated under vacuum to afford the title compound as a light-yellow solid (740 mg, 85.12%). ES/MS m/z 399.2 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl 4-[4-(4-hydroxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-6-yl)-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate.
407.2a
1Purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with PE:EtOAc (1:2).
2Purified by flash silica gel chromatography eluting with 10% to 70% EtOAc in PE.
3Purified by flash reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 10% to 70% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4CO3).
4Work up: Mixture acidified to pH 6 with FA. Insoluble material collected by filtration.
5Purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0% to 10% MeOH in DCM.
6Purified by flash reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 0% to 100% ACN in H2O.
7Purified by reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 10% to 50% ACN in H2O.
8Purified by reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 30% to 70% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA).
a[M + H − C4H8]+
9Upon adjusting pH to 4 with FA, the resultant insoluble material is collected by filtration.
NaOH (50% aq.) (36.57 g, 457.14 mmol) is added dropwise to a stirred mixture of tert-butyl 4-(4-[3-cyano-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (40.00 g, 91.43 mmol) and NDM (55.51 g, 274.28 mmol) in DMA (400 mL) at 0° C. The mixture is stirred for 8 hrs at 50° C. The mixture is diluted with H2O (400 mL), acidified to pH 6 with FA, filtered, and the filter cake is washed with H2O, and dried under vacuum. The solid is triturated with a mixture of hexanes (200 mL) and Et2O (200 mL), filtered, and stirred in MeOH (400 mL) for 2 hrs at 60° C. The mixture is filtered, and the filtered cake is concentrated under vacuum to give the title compound as a light-yellow solid (32 g, 82.6%). ES/MS m/z 424.3 [M+H]+.
NaOH (50% aq.) (10.44 g, 130.58 mmol) is added to a stirred mixture of tert-butyl 4-(4-[3-cyano-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (19.00 g, 43.53 mmol) and NDM (26.43 g, 130.58 mmol) in DMA (150 mL) under N2 and the mixture is stirred for 3 hrs at 60° C. under N2. The mixture is diluted with H2O (1 L), acidified to pH˜4 with FA, and extracted with EtOAc (3×1 L). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (3×800 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is crystallized with MTBE:DCM:MeOH (1000 mL: 100 mL: 10 mL). The precipitated solids are collected by filtration and washed with hexanes (3×50 mL) to give the title compound as a grey solid (15.03 g, 81.70%). ES/MS m/z 421.30 [M−H]−.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl 4-(4-[3-cyano-4-hydroxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate. The extraction/washing/drying/crystallization steps can be omitted. The solids can also be washed with H2O, hexanes, and PE. The solvent can also be 1,4-dioxane. Temperature is varied from 50° C. to 60° C.
To tert-butyl (S)-3-(3-(4-(3-cyano-4-hydroxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)azetidin-1-yl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (300 mg, 0.64 mmol) and 1,1,1-trifluoro-N-phenyl-N-trifluoromethanesulfonylmethanesulfonamide (346 mg, 0.97 mmol) in DCM (10.00 mL) is added TEA (196 mg, 1.94 mmol) and DMAP (7 mg, 0.06 mmol) at RT under N2. The reaction is stirred for 1 hr at RT under N2 then is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by Prep-TLC 10% MeOH in DCM to afford the title compound as a light-yellow solid (350 mg, 90%). ES/MS m/z 596.2 [M+H]+.
A stirred solution of (2R)-1,1,1-trifluoropropan-2-ol (150.00 mg, 1.32 mmol) and DIEA (509.87 mg, 3.95 mmol) in DCM (5.00 mL) is treated with Tf2O (371.02 mg, 1.32 mmol) at 0° C. under N2, and the mixture is stirred for 1 hr at RT under N2. The mixture is added directly to a stirred mixture of tert-butyl 4-(4-[3-cyano-4-hydroxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-6-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (100 mg, 0.41 mmol) and K2CO3 (168.46 mg, 1.22 mmol) in CAN (8.00 mL). The mixture is stirred for 5 hrs at 80° C. under N2. The mixture is cooled to RT, the reaction quenched with H2O (50 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by Prep-TLC (PE:EtOAc 2:1) to give the title compound as a light-yellow solid (60 mg, 48.89%). ES/MS m/z 504.3 [M-tBu+H]+.
The following compound is prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl 4-[4-(3-cyano-4-[[(2S)-1,1,1-trifluoropropan-2-yl]oxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]215yridine-6-yl)-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate.
To tert-butyl (3 S)-3-[3-[4-[3-cyano-4-(trifluoromethylsulfonyloxy)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methyl-pyrazol-1-yl]azetidin-1-yl]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (350 mg, 0.58 mmol) and (1R)-1-(pyridin-2-yl)ethanamine (358 mg, 2.93 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) at RT is added Cs2CO3 (765 mg, 2.35 mmol), XantPhos (68 mg, 0.11 mmol) and Pd2(dba)3 (53 mg, 0.05 mmol). The reaction is stirred overnight at 100° C. under N2. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with DCM;MeOH (20:1 to 10:1) to afford the title compound as a green solid (60 mg, 17%). ES/MS m/z 568.4 [M+H]+.
To tert-Butyl 4-(4-{5-hydroxy-3-methylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-yl}-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (600.0 mg, 1.46 mmol) and (1S)-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethyl methanesulfonate (382.66 mg, 1.75 mmol) in DMF (10.0 mL) is added Cs2CO3 (1.42 g, 4.37 mmol) RT under N2. The reaction is stirred at 120° C. for 2 hr. Upon cooling to RT, the mixture is diluted with H2O (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (3×100 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by Prep-TLC (DCM/MeOH 20:1) to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (240 mg, 30.8%). ES/MS m/z 536.3 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl 4-[4-[5-[(1R)-1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)ethoxy]-3-methyl-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-yl]-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times and temperature, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate.
1Methyl 2-(1-bromoethyl)benzoate used as starting material.
2Purified by reverse phase chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0% to 100% ACN in H2O.
3Purified by reverse phase chromatography eluting with a gradient of 10% to 100% ACN in H2O.
4Purified by Prep-TLC 2:1 EtOAc:PE.
5Purified by Prep-TLC 10:1 DCM:MeOH.
6Purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0% to 20% MeOH in DCM.
To a solution of tert-butyl 4-[4-[3-fluoro-4-[2-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-2-oxo-ethoxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (45 mg, 0.08 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) is added NaBH4 (3.7 mg, 0.098 mmol). The reaction is stirred for 30 min. at RT then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is treated with EtOAc and H2O. The organic layer is separated, and the aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAc (2×10 mL). The combined organic layers are washed brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to afford the title compound (45 mg, 0.08 mmol,) as a white solid. The crude product is used in the next without further purification. ES/MS m/z 556.2 [M+H]+.
The following compound is prepared essentially as described for tert-Butyl 4-[4-[3-cyano-4-[2-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-2-hydroxy-ethoxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction time and temperature, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate.
To a solution of tert-butyl 4-[4-[3-chloro-4-[2-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-2-oxo-ethoxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (200 mg, 0.35 mmol) in THE (10 mL) at RT is added a solution of MeMgBr (3M in Et2O) (50.2 mg, 0.42 mmol). After stirring at RT for 60 min. the reaction is quenched with sat. NH4Cl, extracted with EtOAc (2×), dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0% to 100% EtOAc in heptane to afford the title compound (170 mg, 82.7%) as a white solid. ES/MS, m/z 586.4 [M+H]+.
To a solution of tert-butyl 4-[4-[3-fluoro-4-[2-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-2-oxo-ethoxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (180 mg, 0.33 mmol) in THE (8 mL) at RT is added MeMgBr (3M solution) (58.2 mg, 0.49 mmol) and the reaction is stirred at RT for 30 min. Next, the reaction is quenched with sat. NH4Cl, extracted into EtOAc (2×), dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0% to 100% EtOAc in heptane to afford the title compound (90 mg, 49%) as a white solid. ES/MS, m/z 570.4 [M+H]+.
To a stirred mixture of PPh3 (9.93 g, 97.87 mmol) in THE (30 mL) is added DIAD (7.66 g, 37.87 mmol) dropwise at 0° C. under N2. The reaction is stirred at 0° C. for 0.5 hr under N2. To the mixture is added 2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethanol (1.93 g, 7.10 mmol) and tert-butyl 4-(4-{3-cyano-4-hydroxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl}-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (2 g, 4.73 mmol) in THE (20 mL). The resulting mixture is stirred for 2 hr at RT then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with 80% to 100% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3) to give the title compound as a white solid (2.7 g, 85.9%). ES/MS, m/z 676.4 [M+H]+.
To PPh3 (789.88 mg, 3.01 mmol) in THE (15 mL) is added DIAD (568.36 mg, 2.811 mmol) dropwise at 0° C. under N2. The reaction is stirred at 0° C. for 0.5 hr. To the mixture is added to tert-butyl 4-[4-(4-hydroxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (400 mg, 1.00 mmol) and 2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethanol (408.68 mg, 1.51 mmol) in THE (10 mL). After stirring 2 hr at RT, the reaction is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with 70% to 80% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3) to give the title compound as a light-brown oil (450 mg, 68.77%). ES/MS, m/z 652.4 [M+H]+.
DEAD (185.1 mg, 1.06 mmol) is added to a stirred solution of PPh3 (278.7 mg, 1.06 mmol) in THE (5.0 mL) at 0° C. under N2 After the mixture is stirred for 30 min at 0° C. under N2, a solution of tert-butyl 4-(4-[3-cyano-5-hydroxyimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (150.0 mg, 0.35 mmol) and (1S)-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethanol (60.0 mg, 0.425 mmol) in THE (5.0 mL) is added to the mixture at RT under N2 and stirred overnight at RT. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 50% to 70% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (80.0 mg, 41.3%). ES/MS m/z 547.2 [M+H]+.
DIAD (334.25 mg, 1.65 mmol) is added dropwise to a stirred mixture of PPh3 (464.52 mg, 1.77 mmol) in THE (10 mL) at 0° C. under N2 and the mixture is stirred for 30 min. at 0° C. under N2. To the mixture is added to 1-[5-(trifluoromethyl)pyridin-3-yl]ethanol (135.42 mg, 0.71 mmol) and tert-butyl 4-(4-[3-cyano-5-hydroxyimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (250.00 mg, 0.59 mmol) in THE (20 mL). The mixture is stirred overnight at RT and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reversed Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with 0 to 100% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA) give the title compound (150 mg, 42.59%) as an off-white solid. ES+H, m/z 596.9 [M+H]+
DIAD (171.90 mg, 0.85 mmol) is added dropwise to a stirred mixture of PPh3 (241.55 mg, 0.92 mmol) in THE (10.00 mL) at 0° C. under N2. The mixture is stirred for 30 min. at 0° C. under N2, then the mixture is added to 1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-2-methoxyethanol (133.39 mg, 0.78 mmol) and tert-butyl 4-(4-[3-cyano-5-hydroxyimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (300.00 mg, 0.71 mmol) in THE (10 mL). The mixture is stirred for 2 hr at RT under N2 and concentrated under vacuum. The residue is purified by reversed Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Eluting with 55% to 60% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3) to give the title compound (160 mg, 39.17%) as an off-white solid. ES/MS, m/z 577.3 [M+H]+.
DIAD (171.90 mg, 0.85 mmol) is added dropwise to a stirred mixture of PPh3 (241.55 mg, 0.92 mmol) in THE (10.0 mL) at 0° C. under N2 and the mixture is stirred for 30 min at 0° C. under N2. The mixture is added to 1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)propan-1-ol (120.92 mg, 0.78 mmol) and tert-butyl-4-(4-[3-cyano-5-hydroxyimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (300.00 mg, 0.71 mmol) in THE (10 mL). The mixture is stirred for 2 hr at RT under N2. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue is purified by reversed Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Eluting with 55% to 60% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3) to give the title compound (210 mg, 52.87%) as a grey solid. ES/MS m/z 561.5 [M+H]+.
DIAD (143.25 mg, 0.71 mmol) is added dropwise to a stirred mixture of PPh3 (201.29 mg, 0.77 mmol) in THE (15.00 mL) at 0° C. under N2 and the mixture is stirred for 30 min at 0° C. under N2. To the mixture is added to 1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-2-methoxyethanol(111.16 mg, 0.65 mmol) and tert-butyl 4-(4-[3-cyano-4-hydroxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (250.00 mg, 0.59 mmol) in THE (15 mL). The mixture is stirred for 2 hr at RT under N2 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reversed Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Eluting with 55% to 60% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3) to give the title compound (200 mg, 58.75%) as an off-white solid. ES/MS m/z 577.1+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl 4-(4-[3-cyano-5-[(1R)-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate. DIAD, DIEA and DMAP can also be used in lieu of DEAD. Temperature is varied from 0° C. to 80° C. Polymer supported PPh3 can be used in place of PPh3.
1Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of PE:EtOAc (2:1 to 1:1)
2Flash chromatography eluting with 71% PE in EtOAc.
3Purified by reversed Combi-flash chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 80% to 100% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
4Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 70% to 80% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
5Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 50% to 60% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
6Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting ACN in H2O.
7Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 0% to 100% ACN in H2O.
8Purified by prep-TLC, eluting with a gradient of PE:EtOAc (1:1).
9Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 10% to 100% ACN in H2O.
10Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of PE:EtOAc (8:1).
12Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 56% to 60% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
13Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 70% to 75% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4OH).
14Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 70% to 90% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
15Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 80% to 100% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
16Purified by prep-TLC, eluting with EtOAc.
17Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (5:1 to 2:1).
18Purified by prep-TLC, eluting with a gradient of PE:EtOAc (2:1).
19Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 0% to 100% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA).
20Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 60% to 70% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
21Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 30% to 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4OH).
22Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 20% to 60% ACN in H2O (NH4HCO3).
23Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of DCM:MeOH (9:1).
24Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with 10% to 50% EtOAc in PE.
25Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 10% to 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA).
26Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 10% to 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
27Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 30% to 45% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH3 H2O).
28Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 0% to 100% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
29Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 10% to 70% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
30Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 40% to 80% ACN in H2O (0.05% NH4HCO3).
31Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 45% to 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
32Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 50% to 70% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA).
33Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 30% to 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
34Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 25% to 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4OH).
35Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting ACN in H2O (0.1% FA).
36Purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with EtOAc:Hepane.
37Purified by reversed Combi-flash chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 55% to 60% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
38Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 40% to 50% ACN in H2O.
39Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 10% to 50% ACN in H2O.
40Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 0% to 50% ACN in H2O.
41Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 10% to 100% ACN in H2O.
42Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of PE:EtOAc (4:1 to 3:1).
43Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 85% to 95% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA).
44Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of PE:EtOAc (1:1).
45Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 60% to 90% ACN in H2O.
46Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 85% to 95% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
47Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 50% to 55% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
48Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of 0% to 100% acetone in DCM.
A stirred mixture of tert-butyl (R)-3-(3-(4-(3-cyano-4-hydroxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)azetidin-1-yl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (300 mg, 0.64 mmol) and 1,1,1-trifluoro-N-phenyl-N-trifluoromethanesulfonylmethanesulfonamide (346 mg, 0.97 mmol) in DCM (10.00 mL) is treated with TEA (196.00 mg, 1.94 mmol) and DMAP (7.00 mg, 0.06 mmol) and stirred for 1 hr at RT under N2. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by Prep-TLC, eluting with a gradient of DCM:MeOH (10:1) to give the title compound as a light-yellow oil (350 mg, 90.8%). ES/MS m/z 596.3 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl (R)-3-(3-(4-(3-cyano-4-(((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)oxy)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)-5-methyl-1H-pyrazol-1-yl)azetidin-1-yl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate. DMF can also be used as the solvent and DIEA can be used as the base. Temperature is varied from 0° C. to RT.
1Purification with reverse Combi-flash chromatography with C18 column; eluting with 70-75% ACN in H2O.
2Purification with reverse flash chromatography with C18 column eluting with 60-70% ACN in H2O (1% NH4HCO3).
3Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (10:1)
A stirred mixture of tert-butyl (3R)-3-[4-[3-cyano-4-(trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (102.00 mg, 0.19 mmol) and (1R)-1-(pyridin-2-yl)ethanamine (27.67 mg, 0.23 mmol) in toluene (20.00 mL) is treated with Cs2CO3 (184.45 mg, 0.57 mmol), Xantphos (65.51 mg, 0.11 mmol) and Pd2(dba)3 (86.40 mg, 0.094 mmol) added in portions at RT under N2. The mixture is stirred for 4 hrs at 80° C. under N2. The solution is cooled to RT, filtered, the filter cake washed with EtOAc (5×50 mL), and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse flash chromatography with the following conditions: C18 silica gel; H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3) in ACN, eluting with a gradient of 70% to 80%. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a white solid (50 mg, 51.69%). ES/MS m/z 513.3 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl (3R)-3-[4-(3-cyano-4-[[(1R)-1-(pyridin-2-yl)ethyl]amino]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate. The catalyst can also be Pd(OAc)2, Pd(dba)2. Temperature is varied from 80° C. to 100° C.
1After the mixture is cooled to RT it is concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with a gradient of DCM:MeOH (20:1).
2Prior to purification, the mixture is diluted with H2O (30 mL), extracted with EtOAc (3 × 50 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (2 × 30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure.
3Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with DCM:MeOH (20:1).
4Purified by Prep-TLC PE:EtOAc (1:1).
A solution of (1S,3r)-3-(4-(4-((S)-2-((tert-Butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethoxy)-3-chloropyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)-5-methyl-1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)cyclobutan-1-ol (190 mg, 0.33 mmol) and DIPEA (214 mg, 1.66 mmol) in DCM (4.0 ml) is cooled to −78° C. is treated with (CF3SO2)2O (1.40 g, 0.50 mmol). The reaction is stirred at −78° C. for 15 minutes. The reaction consequently treated with a solution of DIPEA (214 mg, 1.66 mmol) and 9-boc-3-oxa-7,9-diazabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane (151 mg, 0.66 mmol) in DCM (4 mL). The mixture is heated to 40° C. for 16 hr. Then, the reaction is cooled to RT and stirred for 2 days. The reaction is diluted with H2O then extracted with 4:1 DCM:IPA. The layers are separated, and the organic layer is washed with H2O, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0% to 100% EtOAc in DCM to afford the title compound (100 mg, 38.5%) as a tan solid. ES/MS m/z 783.4 [M+H]+.
To tert-butyl 4-(4-[3-cyano-5-hydroxyimidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (600.00 mg, 1.42 mmol) and 2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (0.927 g, 2.83 mmol) in ACN (5.00 mL) is added K2CO3 (587.45 mg, 4.25 mmol) at RT under N2. The resulting mixture is stirred at 80° C. for 3 hr. Upon cooling to RT, the aq. layer is extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The combined organic layers are concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by reversed flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 50% to 60% ACN in water (0.1% NH4HCO3): UV 254 nm to afford the title compound as a white solid (450 mg, 52.88%). ES/MS m/z 601.3 [M+H]+.
A stirred solution of 2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(oxan-4-yl)ethyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (204.12 mg, 0.65 mmol) and K2CO3 (267.64 mg, 1.94 mmol) in ACN (5.00 mL) is treated with tert-butyl 4-(4-[3-cyano-4-hydroxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (300.00 mg, 0.71 mmol) at RT under N2 and the mixture is stirred for 3 hrs at 80° C. under N2. The solution is filtered, the filter cake is washed with DCM (2×10 mL), and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; ACN in H2O, eluting with a gradient of 60% to 65% to give the title compound as a yellow solid (320 mg, 84.22%). ES/MS m/z 589.1 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl 4-(4-[3-cyano-4-[2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(oxan-4-yl)ethoxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate. The filter cake can also be washed with EtOAc.
1After stirring, the solution is cooled to RT, diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), washed with brine (2 × 20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentratedunder reduced pressure.
2Purified by reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 55% to 60% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
A mixture of tert-butyl 4-(4-[4-[(1R)-1-(2-bromophenyl)ethoxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (550 mg, 0.94 mmol), Zn(CN)2 (334 mg, 2.84 mmol), Zn (62 mg, 0.95 mmol), X-Phos (226 mg, 0.47 mmol) and Pd2(dba)3 (434 mg, 0.47 mmol) in DMA (100 mL) is stirred overnight at 100° C. under N2. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is extracted with EtOAc (500 mL). The organic layer is washed with brine (100 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by flash silica gel chromatography eluting with 10% to 100% EtOAc in PE to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (390 mg, 78%). ES/MS m/z 527.3 [M+H]+.
tert-Butyl 4-(4-[3-cyano-4-hydroxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methyl-1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (250 mg, 590 μmol), (R)-2,2,2-trifluoro-1-phenylethan-1-ol (208 mg, 1.18 mmol), PPh3 (310 mg, 1.18 mmol), DCM (4 ml), and di-tert-butyl (E)-diazene-1,2-dicarboxylate (299 mg, 1.30 mmol) are sequentially added together and the mixture is stirred for 2 hrs at 50° C. The mixture is concentrated and diluted with NMP. The residue is purified using prep-HPLC, eluting with a gradient of ACN:H2O (10-90%, 0.5% HCl) to give the title compound as a white solid (94 mg, 0.14 mmol, 23%). ES/MS m/z 582.4 [M+H]+.
To ZnCl2 (56.1 mg, 0.41 mmol) and NaH (32.9 mg, 60% wt, 0.82 mmol) in a sealed vial under N2, tert-butyl (R)-4-(4-(3-cyano-4-(1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethoxy)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)-5-methyl-1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (150 mg, 0.27 mmol) in THE (3 mL) is added and the reaction mixture is stirred for 1.5 hr at 40° C. At this point, additional ZnCl2 (56.1 mg, 0.41 mmol) and NaH (32.9 mg, 60% wt, 0.82 mmol) is added and continued stirring 1.5 hr at 40° C. The reaction is cooled to 0° C., silica (1.0 g) is added, diluted with hexanes (5 mL) and stirred for 1 hr at RT. The suspension is filtered, washing with EtOAc followed by 20% MeOH in DCM and concentrating in vacuo. The residue is purified by reverse phase C18 chromatography eluting with a linear gradient of 10% to 100% ACN in H2O to afford the title compound (30 mg, 20%) as off-white solid. ES/MS 550.8 m/z [M+H]+.
NaBH4 (2.8 mg, 0.07 Mmol) is added to a solution of tert-butyl (R)-4-(4-(4-(1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethoxy)-3-formylpyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)-5-methyl-1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (20 mg, 0.04 mmol) in MeOH (3 mL) at RT. After stirring for 10 minutes the reaction is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is suspended in EtOAC and H2O, layers are separated, and the aqueous layer is extracted with EtOAC (2×). Organic layers are combined, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is used in a subsequent step without additional purification. ES/MS 553.8 m/z [M+H]+.
To tert-butyl 3-[5-methyl-4-[5-[(1R)-1-(2-pyridyl)ethoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-yl]triazol-1-yl]azetidine-1-carboxylate (200.00 mg, 0.421 mmol) in DMF (2.00 mL) is added 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylimidazolidine-2,4-dione (41.43 mg, 0.21 mmol) at RT under N2. The reaction is stirred at RT for 2 hr, quenched with H2O (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×10 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2×10 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by Prep-TLC (5% MeOH in DCM) to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (140 mg, 65.27%). ES/MS, m/z 510.0 [M+H]+.
A mixture of tert-butyl 4-(4-{4-[(1R)-2-[(tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy]-1-(pyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl}-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (770 mg, 1.22 mmol) and NCS (146 mg, 1.09 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) is stirred for 3 hr at RT under N2. The reaction is diluted with H2O (30 mL), extracted with DCM (3×50 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2×50 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with 50% PE in EA to afford the title compound (700 mg, 86.22%) as a light-yellow solid. %). ES/MS, m/z 668.4 [M+H]+.
A mixture of tert-butyl 4-[4-[5-[2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)ethoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-yl]-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (1 g, 1.53 mmol) and 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylimidazolidine-2,4-dione (0.272 g, 1.38 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) is stirred at RT for 2 hr under N2. The reaction is quenched with H2O (20 mL) then extracted with DCM (2×40 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2×20 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE/EtOAc (2:1-1:1) to afford the title compound as an off-white solid (460 mg, 43.69%). ES/MS m/z 686.3 [M+H]+.
To tert-butyl 4-[4-[4-[2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)ethoxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (330 mg, 0.51 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) is added NCS (64.22 mg, 0.481 mmol) at RT under N2. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo and the residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with 65% to 75% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA) to give the title compound (185 mg, 53.25%) as a light-yellow oil. ES/MS m/z 686.0 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl 4-[4-[4-[2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)ethoxy]-3-chloro-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate.
1Purified by reverse phase chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18 eluting with 70% to 80% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
2Purified by reverse phase chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with 10% to 100% ACN in H2O.
3Purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with 0% to 100% EtOAc in DCM.
4Purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with PE:EA (1:2).
5Purified by Prep-TLC PE:EA (2:1).
6Purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with PE:EA (1:1:1:2).
7Purified by Prep-TLC PE:EA (1:1).
A solution of tert-butyl 4-[4-[5-[(1R)-1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)ethoxy]-3-iodo-imidazo[1,2-c]pyrimidin-7-yl]-5-methyl-pyrazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (74.0 mg, 0.11 mmol) and CuCN (11.0 mg, 0.13 mmol) in DMF (2.5 mL) is stirred at 100° C. for 1 hr. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is quenched with aq. NH4OH and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer is washed with H2O, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0% to 100% EtOAc in DCM to afford the title compound (57 mg, 91%) as a colorless foam. ES/MS m/z 547.2 [M+H]+.
A solution of MeMgBr (178 mg, 3 molar, 1.50 mmol) in THE is added dropwise to a solution of tert-butyl 4-(4-(3-cyano-4-(1-(2-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl)ethoxy) pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)-5-methyl-1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (292 mg, 0.50 mmol) in THE (3 mL) at 0° C. The reaction is stirred for 2 hr at 0° C. H2O (3 mL) is slowly added, and the mixture is allowed warm to RT. The mixture is diluted with DCM (20 mL) and H2O (20 mL) and the layers are separated. The aqueous layer is extracted with DCM (20 mL). The combined organic layers are concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0% to 100% ACN in H2O to afford the title compound (192 mg, 65.7%). ES/MS m z 585.8 [M+H]+.
To tert-butyl 4-(4-(3-cyano-4-(1-(2-(methoxycarbonyl)phenyl) ethoxy)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)-5-methyl-1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (274 mg, 468 μmol) in THE (12 mL) is added an aq. solution of LiOH (112 mg, 4.68 mmol) and the mixture is stirred for 3 hr. The pH is adjusted to 5 using aq. HCl (0.1 M) then EtOAc (10 mL) is added. The layers are separated and the aq. phase is extracted with EtOAc (3×10 mL). The combined organics are dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (260 mg, 97.2%). ES/MS m/z 572.2 [M+H]+.
To 2-(1-((6-(1-(1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)piperidin-4-yl)-5-methyl-1H-1,2,3-triazol-4-yl)-3-cyanopyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-4-yl)oxy)ethyl)benzoic acid (260 mg, 455 μmol) and NH4Cl (122 mg, 2.27 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) is added T3P (868 mg, 50% Wt, 1.36 mmol) in DMF, followed by DIEA (588 mg, 4.55 mmol) and the reaction is stirred for 3 hr. The mixture is diluted with DCM (10 mL) and H2O (10 mL) and the layers are separated. The aq. layer is extracted with DCM (3×10 mL) and the combined organics are concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography eluting with 0% to 100% ACN in H2O to afford the title compound (80 mg, 31%). ES/MS m/z 571.3 [M+H]+.
A mixture of tert-butyl 4-[4-[4-[(1R)-1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)ethoxy]-3-iodo-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (600 mg, 0.93 mmol), 4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1,2-thiazole (293 mg, 1.39 mmol), CsF (422 mg, 2.78 mmol) and Pd(DtBPF)Cl2 (60.39 mg, 0.09 mmol) in dioxane (4 mL) is stirred for 3 hr at 60° C. under N2. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo. The mixture is diluted with water (50 mL), extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (1×50 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography using the following conditions: column, C18; mobile phase, eluting with a linear gradient of 30% to 50% ACN in H2O to afford the title compound (400 mg, 71.4%) as a white solid. ES/MS m/z 605.5 [M+H]+.
To a stirred solution of tert-butyl 3-(4-[3-chloro-5-[(1R)-1-(pyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)azetidine-1-carboxylate (140.00 mg, 0.28 mmol) in DCM (2.00 mL) is added TFA (1.00 mL) at RT under N2. The reaction is stirred 1 hr at RT then concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (120 mg, crude) as a yellow solid, which is carried forward without a further purification. ES/MS m/z 410.0 [M+H]+.
A mixture of tert-butyl 4-[4-[4-[2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)ethoxy]-3-cyano-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methyl-pyrazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (2.7 g, 4.00 mmol) in DCM (50 ml) and 4M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (25 mL) is stirred for 1 hr at RT under N2. The resulting mixture is concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (2.3 g, crude, HCl salt), which is carried forward without a further purification. ES/MS m/z 462.2 [M+H]+.
A solution of tert-butyl 4-[4-[4-[2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)ethoxy]-3-chloro-pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (175 mg, 0.26 mmol) in DCM (3 mL) and 4M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (1.5 mL) is stirred at RT for 1 hr under N2. The resulting mixture is concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (165 mg) which is carried forward without a further purification. ES/MS m/z 472.2 [M+H]+.
To tert-butyl 4-[4-[5-[2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)ethoxy]-3-chloro-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-yl]-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (450 mg, 0.66 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) is added 4M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (4 mL). After stirring 1 hr at RT the reaction is concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (300 mg, HCl salt) which is carried forward without a further purification. ES/MS m/z 472.2 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 2-[3-Chloro-7-[5-methyl-1-(4-piperidyl)triazol-4-yl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-5-yl]oxy-2-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)ethanol HCl using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate. For compounds where the amine salt was isolated, the formation of the mono-, di-, or trivalent salt is dependent on the pKa of the amine and the acid used to form the salt. The exact mono-, di-, or trivalent salt form for each example was not identified.
To a stirred solution of tert-butyl 4-[4-[3-cyano-5-[2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)ethoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-yl]-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (450.00 mg, 0.75 mmol) in DCM (5.00 mL) is added 4M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (2 mL) at RT under N2. The resulting mixture is stirred at RT for 1 hr, then is concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (300 mg). The title compound is carried forward without a further purification. ES/MS m/z 501.2 [M+H]+.
A solution of tert-butyl 4-(4-[3-ethynyl-5-methoxyimidazo[1,2-a]271yridine-7-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (450.00 mg, 1.03 mmol), DCM (10 mL), and HCl (4 M) in 1,4-dioxane (10.00 mL) is stirred for 2 hrs at RT. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure, diluted with EtOAc (3 mL) and hexanes (20 mL), and stirred 5 min. The solid is collected by filtration, and the filter cake is washed with hexanes (2×10 mL) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a brown solid (110 mg, 28.6%). ES/MS m/z 338.0 [M+H]+.
tert-Butyl 4-[4-(3-cyano-4-isopropoxy-pyrazolo[1,5-a]271yridine-6-yl)-5-methyl-pyrazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (75 mg, 0.16 mmol) is stirred at RT in TFA (1 mL) for 30 min. The mixture is concentrated to dryness to give the title compound (54.2 mg, 92.12%) which is used without further purification. ES/MS m/z 365.2 [M+H]+
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 4-isopropoxy-6-[5-methyl-1-[piperidin-4-yl]pyrazol-4-yl]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate. Temperature is varied from RT to 50° C. The mixture can also be quenched with saturated Na2CO3 aq and extracted with EtOAc. For compounds where the amine salt was isolated, the formation of the mono-, di-, or trivalent salt is dependent on the pKa of the amine and the acid used to form the salt. The exact mono-, di-, or trivalent salt form for each example was not identified.
1Reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: C18; eluting with a gradient of 50-70% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA).
A solution of tert-butyl 3-(4-[3-cyano-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]273yridine-6-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)azetidine-1-carboxylate (480 mg, 1.18 mmol) and TFA (20 mL) in DCM (20 mL) is stirred for 30 min at RT under N2. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure. The pH of the residue is adjusted to pH 8 with aq., sat'd. NaHCO3 and extracted with DCM:iPrOH (3:1) (3×100 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (1×10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 0% to 30% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA), to give the title compound as a white solid (210 mg, 57%). ES/MS m/z 309.05 [M+H]+.
A stirred solution of tert-butyl 4-(4-[3-cyano-5-[(1R)-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]274yridine-7-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (70.0 mg, 0.128 mmol) in DCM (3.0 mL) is treated with 4 M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (1.0 mL) and stirred for 30 min at RT under N2. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and washed with EtOAc (3×20 mL) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (95 mg, crude). ES/MS m/z 447.2 [M+H]+.
A solution of tert-butyl 4-(4-[3-cyano-4-[(1R)-1-(274yridine-2-yl)ethoxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]274yridine-6-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (354 mg, 0.67 mmol) and TFA (1 mL) is stirred for 1 hr at RT under N2. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue is purified by trituration with MTBE (5 mL). The precipitated solids are collected by filtration and washed with MTBE (2×2 mL) to give the title compound as a brown solid (456 mg), which is used directly without further purification. ES/MS m/z 429.3 [M+H]+.
A solution of tert-butyl 4-[4-[3-cyano-5-[1-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-3-pyridyl]ethoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]275yridine-7-yl]-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (150.00 mg, 0.251 mmol), TFA (5 mL) and DCM (10 mL) is stirred for 1 hr at RT under N2. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound. ES+H, m/z 497.3 [M+H]+.
A mixture of tert-butyl 4-[4-[3-cyano-5-[1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-2-methoxy-ethoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]275yridine-7-yl]-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate (150.00 mg, 0.26 mmol) in TFA (2.00 mL) and DCM (4.00 mL) is stirred for 1 hr at RT under N2. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound which is used directly without further purification (140 mg). ES/MS m/z 477.2 [M+H]+
A mixture of (200.00 mg, 0.36 mmol) tert-butyl 4-[4-[3-cyano-5-[1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)propoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-7-yl]-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate in 4 M HCl (gas) in 1,4-dioxane (2.00 mL) and DCM (3.00 mL) is stirred for 1 hr at RT under N2. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (200 mg) which is used directly without further purification. ES/MS m z 461.3 [M+H]+.
A mixture of tert-butyl 4-[4-[3-cyano-4-[1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-2-methoxy-ethoxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-6-yl]-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carboxylate(180.00 mg, 0.31 mmol) in 4 M HCl (gas) in 1,4-dioxane (2.00 mL) and DCM (4.00 mL) is stirred for 1 hr at RT under N2. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (160 mg) which is used directly without further purification. ES/MS m/z 477.2 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 4-[1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-2-methoxy-ethoxy]-6-[5-methyl-1-(4-piperidyl)triazol-4-yl]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile.HCl using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate. TFA and trifluoroacetaldehyde can be substituted for HCl. The precipitated solids can also be triturated with Et2O and DCM. For compounds where the amine salt was isolated, the formation of the mono-, di-, or trivalent salt is dependent on the pKa of the amine and the acid used to form the salt. The exact mono-, di-, or trivalent salt form for each example was not identified.
A mixture of tert-butyl (3S)-3-[3-(4-[3-cyano-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]289yridine-6-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl pyridine289-1-yl]pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (190 mg, 0.42 mmol) in TFA (5 mL) and DCM (5 mL) is stirred for 2 hrs at RT. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a dark green oil (260 mg). The pH of the crude product (60 mg) is adjusted with NaHCO3 and purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column, Xbridge Shield RP18 OBD, 19*150 mm, 5 μm; eluting with a gradient of 20% to 35% ACN in H2O (10 mmol/L NH4HCO3), flow rate: 25 mL/min; 254 nm; t(R) 5.57 min to give the title compound as a white solid (20 mg, 12.7%). ES/MS m/z 378.3 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for (S)-4-methoxy 6-(5-methyl-1-[1-[(3S)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]pyridine289-3-yl]pyrazol-4-yl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate. The crude product can also be dissolved in MeOH and Na2CO3 can also be used as an alternate base. 2,6-Lutidine in DCM can also be used as the base and solvent combination. HCl in 1,4-dioxane can also be used in lieu of TFA. For compounds where the amine salt was isolated, the formation of the mono-, di-, or trivalent salt is dependent on the pKa of the amine and the acid used to form the salt. The exact mono-, di-, or trivalent salt form for each example was not identified.
1Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column, Xbridge Prep C18 OBD, 19 * 150 mm, 5 μm; eluting with 38-50% MeOH in H2O (0.05% NH3H2O).
2Reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18, eluting with a gradient of 30-60% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH3H2O).
3Reverse phase chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ACN in H2O.
4Purified by reverse flash chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 50% to 55% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4OH), 50% to 55% gradient.
5Reaction is diluted with 3:1 CHCl3:iPrOH and concentrated in vacuo. Residue is dissolved into 4:1 DCM:iPrOH, washed with NaHCO3, washed with H2O, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated.
6Reverse phase C18 chromatography eluting with 10% to 95% ACN in H2O.
7Reverse phase C18 chromatography eluting with 10% to 100% ACN in H2O.
8Volatiles are removed, and residue is filtered through a carbonate cartridge.
9The reaction is quenched by the addition of aq NaHCO3, and the mixture is extracted with DCM.
10Purified by reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 50% to 60% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
11Purified by reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 0% to 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA).
12Reaction concentrated in vacuo. Residue is dissolved into 3:1 CHCl3:IPA, washed with aq NaHCO3, H2O, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated.
A solution of tert-butyl 4-(4-[3-ethynyl-5-methoxyimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-7-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (450.00 mg, 1.03 mmol), DCM (10 mL), HCl (4 M) in 1,4-dioxane (10.00 mL) is stirred for 2 hrs at RT. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure, diluted with EtOAc (3 mL) and hexanes (20 mL), and stirred 5 min. The solid is collected by filtration, and the filter cake is washed with hexanes (2×10 mL) and lyophilized to give the title compound as a brown solid (110 mg, 28.6%). ES/MS m/z 338.0 [M+H]+.
TFA (2 mL) is added dropwise to a stirred solution of tert-butyl 3-[4-(4-[3-cyano-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-6-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)piperidin-1-yl]azetidine-1-carboxylate (100.00 mg, 0.20 mmol) in DCM (2.00 mL) and the solution is stirred for 1 hr at RT. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (120 mg, crude). The product is used directly without further purification. ES/MS m z 392.2 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 6-[1-[1-(azetidin-3-yl)piperidin-4-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-4-yl]-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions. 2,6-Lutidine in DCM can also be used as the solvent. HCl in 1,4-dioxane or TMSOTf can also be used in lieu of TFA. For compounds where the amine salt was isolated, the formation of the mono-, di-, or trivalent salt is dependent on the pKa of the amine and the acid used to form the salt. The exact mono-, di-, or trivalent salt form for each example was not identified.
1Crude product is re-crystallized from EtOAc:PE (40:40 mL).
2Purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 20-30% ACN in H2O (0.1% HCl).
3The crude product is re-crystallized from EtOAc.
4Mixture is filtered, and the filter cake washed with EtOAc.
5Crude product is triturated with DCM.
6Crude product is concentrated and re-crystallized from EtOAc:MTBE.
7The reaction is quenched by the addition of sat. NH4Cl (10.0 mL) at RT and the mixture is extracted with CHCl3 and iPrOH (3:1, 3 × 30 mL).
8Crude product is triturated in MTBE:EtOAc (5:1) and collected by filtration.
9Mixture is washed with Et2O.
10The crude product is re-crystallized from MeOH/EtOAc.
11Reaction is diluted with MTBE and filtered to collect pale yellow solid as the title compound.
12Reverse phase chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0-100% ACN in H2O.
To a solution of tert-butyl 4-(4-[3-cyano-5-[(1R)-1-(2-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (110 mg, 0.20 mmol) in DCM (5.0 mL) is added 2,6-lutidine (216 mg, 2.0 mmol, 10.00) and TMSOTf (224 mg, 1.0 mmol) dropwise at RT under N2 atmosphere. The reaction is stirred for 1 hr then concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound (400 mg) as a yellow liquid. ES/MS m/z 446.1 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 5-[(1R)-1-(2-Fluorophenyl)ethoxy]-7-[5-methyl-1-(4-piperidyl)triazol-4-yl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions. For compounds where the amine salt was isolated, the formation of the mono-, di-, or trivalent salt is dependent on the pKa of the amine and the acid used to form the salt. The exact mono-, divalent triflic salt form for each example was not identified. The material was taken on to the next step as isolated.
1TEA in DCM is used as the solvent. The reaction is quenched by addition of MeOH (5 mL).
A stirred RT mixture of tert-butyl (3R)-3-(4-(3-cyano-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]310yridine-6-yl)-5-methyl-1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (480 mg, 1.13 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) is treated with 4 M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) and stirred for 2 hrs at RT to give white precipitated solids. The precipitated solids are collected by filtration and washed with EtOAc (3×20 mL) to give the title compound as a white solid (350 mg, 84.1%). ES/MS m/z 324.1 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 4-methoxy-6-[5-methyl-1-[(3R)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]triazol-4-yl]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile.HCl using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate. The residue can also be concentrated under reduced pressure and the crude product washed with DCM. For compounds where the amine salt was isolated, the formation of the mono-, di-, or trivalent salt is dependent on the pKa of the amine and the acid used to form the salt. The exact mono-, di-, or trivalent salt form for each example was not identified.
1Reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, Xbridge Shield RP18 OBD, 19 * 150 mm, 5 μm, 5-25% ACN in H2O (10 mmol/L, NH4HCO3).
2Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column, Xbridge Prep C18 OBD, 19 * 150 mm, 5 μm, 2-14% ACN in H2O (10 mmol/L NH4HCO3).
3Reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18, 20-30% ACN in H2O (0.1% HCl).
4Residue is triturated in MTBE, filtered, and the filter cake is dried.
5Residue is taken up into 3:1 CHCl3:IPA, washed with NaHCO3 solution, H2O and brine. Dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo.
A solution of tert-butyl (3R)-3-(4-[3-cyano-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-6-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)pyrrolidine-1-carboxylate (950.00 mg, 2.25 mmol) in TFA (5 mL) and DCM (5 mL) is stirred for 1 hr at RT and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified directly by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18 gel; eluting with a gradient of 25% to 30% ACN in H2O (0.1% TFA). The purified residue is concentrated under vacuum, the pH is adjusted to 10 with sat. Na2CO3 (aq.) and extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (2×50 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a white solid (490 mg, 67.6%). The product (50 mg) is repurified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18 gel; eluting with a gradient of 60% to 70% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3). The solution is concentrated under vacuum to give the title compound as a white solid (36.2 mg, 72.4%). ES/MS m/z 323.05 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 4-methoxy-6-[5-methyl-1-[(3R)-pyrrolidin-3-yl]pyrazol-4-yl]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile adjusting the reaction time to determine completion of the reaction. For compounds where the amine salt was isolated, the formation of the mono-, di-, or trivalent salt is dependent on the pKa of the amine and the acid used to form the salt. The exact mono-, di-, or trivalent salt form for each example was not identified.
To 6-[5-methyl-1-(piperidin-4-yl)pyrazol-4-yl]-4-[[(1R)-1-(pyridin-2-yl)ethyl]amino]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile TFA (250 mg, 0.59 mmol) and tert-butyl 2,2-dimethyl-3-oxoazetidine-1-carboxylate (234 mg, 1.17 mmol) in MeOH (5.0 mL) is added AcOH (71 mg, 1.17 mmol) at RT under N2. The reaction mixture is stirred for 1 hr at 50° C. then NaBH3CN (111 mg, 1.76 mmol) is added and stirred overnight at 50° C. The suspension is filtered, the filter cake is washed with EtOAc (3×100 mL), organic layers combined and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by Prep-TLC PE:EtOAc (1:1) to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (90 mg, 26%). ES/MS m/z 610.3 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for tert-butyl 3-[4-[4-[3-cyano-4-[[(1R)-1-(2-pyridyl)ethyl]amino]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methyl-pyrazol-1-yl]-1-piperidyl]-2,2-dimethyl-azetidine-1-carboxylate adjusting the reaction time to determine completion of the reaction.
1Purified by Prep-TLC, PE/EtOAc (1:1)
2Purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluting with PE:EtOAc (1:1).
To tert-butyl 3-[4-[4-(3-cyano-4-[[(1R)-1-(pyridin-2-yl)ethyl]amino]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl]piperidin-1-yl]-2,2-dimethylazetidine-1-carboxylate (90 mg, 0.15 mmol) in DCM (3.0 mL) is added TFA (1.0 mL) at RT under N2. The reaction is stirred 1 hr at RT then concentrated in vacuo to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (110 mg). ES/MS m/z 510.3 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 6-[1-[1-(2,2-dimethylazetidin-3-yl)-4-piperidyl]-5-methyl-pyrazol-4-yl]-4-[[(1R)-1-(2-pyridyl)ethyl]amino]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile TFA adjusting the reaction time to determine completion of the reaction. HCl in 1,4-dioxane can be used instead of TFA. For compounds where the amine salt was isolated, the formation of the mono-, di-, or trivalent salt is dependent on the pKa of the amine and the acid used to form the salt. The exact mono-, di-, or trivalent salt form for each example was not identified.
A mixture of 4-[1-(5-Fluoro-2-pyridyl)-2-hydroxy-ethoxy]-6-[5-methyl-1-(4-piperidyl)pyrazol-4-yl]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (2.3 g, HCl salt), DIEA (6.44 g, 49.84 mmol) and BrCN (0.63 g, 5.98 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) is stirred for 1 hr at RT under N2. The reaction is quenched with H2O (400 mL) then extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (200 mL) and dried over anhydrous Na2SO4. After filtration, the filtrate is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with 40% to 60% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3) to give the title compound (1.46 g, 60.2%) as a white solid. ES/MS m/z 487.3 [M+H]+.
To a stirred solution of 2-[3-Chloro-6-[5-methyl-1-(4-piperidyl)triazol-4-yl]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-4-yl]oxy-2-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)ethanol. HCl (165 mg, crude) and DIEA (452 mg, 3.50 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) is added BrCN (44 mg, 0.42 mmol) at RT under N2. After stirring 1 hr at RT, the reaction is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by Prep-TLC (PE/EtOAc 1:5 to afford the title compound as a light-yellow solid (110 mg, 63.31%). ES/MS m/z 497.2 [M+H]+.
A mixture of 2-[3-chloro-7-[5-methyl-1-(4-piperidyl)triazol-4-yl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-5-yl]oxy-2-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)ethanol HCl (300 mg, 0.64 mmol), DIEA (0.82 g, 6.36 mmol) and BrCN (74 mg, 0.70 mmol) in DCM (12.00 mL) is stirred at RT for 1 hr under N2. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 50% to 70% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3; UV 254 nm; to afford the title compound as an off-white solid (120 mg, 37.99%). ES/MS m/z 497.2 [M+H]+.
To 7-[5-Methyl-1-(4-piperidyl)triazol-4-yl]-5-[2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)ethoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile HCl (300.00 mg, 0.60 mmol) in DCM (5.00 mL) is added DIEA (0.774 g, 5.99 mmol) and BrCN (76.19 mg, 0.72 mmol) in portions at RT under N2. The resulting mixture is stirred for 1 hr at RT then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; mobile phase; eluting with a gradient of 50% to 60% ACN in water (0.1% NH4HCO3); UV 254 nm; to afford the title compound as a grey solid (200 mg, 63.49%). ES/MS m/z 526.2 [M+H]+.
A stirred solution of 6-[5-methyl-1-(piperidin-4-yl)pyrazol-4-yl]-4-[2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(oxan-4-yl)ethoxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile.HCl (250.00 mg, crude) and DIEA (661.41 mg, 5.12 mmol) in DCM (5.00 mL) is treated with BrCN (65.05 mg, 0.61 mmol) in portions at RT under N2 and the mixture is stirred for 1 hr at RT under N2. The solution is diluted with DCM (80 mL), washed with sat. NaHCO3 (2×20 mL) and brine (15 mL), and the H2O phase is quenched by sodium hypochlorite soln (100 mL). The combined organic layers are dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 50% to 55% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3) to give the title compound as a white solid (100 mg, 38.05%). ES/MS m/z 514.3 [M+H]+.
A stirred solution of 6-[1-[1-(5,5-dimethylpyrrolidin-3-yl)319yridine319-3-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-4-yl]-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile.TFA (250.0 mg, 0.62 mmol) in DCM (5.0 mL) at RT under N2 is treated with DIEA (796.8 mg, 6.17 mmol) and BrCN (58.8 mg, 0.56 mmol), and the mixture is stirred for 1 hr at RT under N2. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 40% to 70% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3) to give the title compound as a white solid (100 mg, 37.4%). ES/MS m/z 431.2 [M+H]+.
A mixture of 7-[5-methyl-1-(4-piperidyl)triazol-4-yl]-5-[1-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-3-pyridyl]ethoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile.TFA (140.00 mg, 0.28 mmol) in DCM (15.00 mL) at RT under N2 is treated with DIEA (364.43 mg, 2.82 mmol) and BrCN (35.84 mg, 0.34 mmol). The mixture is stirred for 2 hr at RT under N2 and is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reversed Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 0 to 100% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA) to give the title compound as a light-yellow solid. ES+H m/z 522.2 [M+H]+.
A mixture of 5-[1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-2-methoxy-ethoxy]-7-[5-methyl-1-(4-piperidyl)triazol-4-yl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile.TFA (150.00 mg), DIEA (542.45 mg, 4.20 mmol) and BrCN (48.90 mg, 0.462 mmol) in DCM (6.00 mL) is stirred for 2 hr at RT under N2 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reversed Combi-flash chromatography eluting with 50% to 55% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), to give the title compound (110 mg, 69.68%) as an off-white solid. ES/MS m/z 502.2 [M+H]+
A mixture of 5-[1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)propoxy]-7-[5-methyl-1-(4-piperidyl)triazol-4-yl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile.HCl (200 mg), DIEA (561 mg, 4.34 mmol) and BrCN (55 mg, 0.52 mmol) in DCM (6.00 mL) is stirred for 2 hr at RT under N2. The resulting mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reversed Combi-flash chromatography eluting with 45% to 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3) to give the title compound (150 mg, 71.14%) as an off-white solid. ES/MS m/z 486.4 [M+H]+.
A mixture of 4-[1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-2-methoxy-ethoxy]-6-[5-methyl-1-(4-piperidyl)triazol-4-yl]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile HCl, DIEA (406.84 mg, 3.15 mmol) and BrCN (36.68 mg, 0.35 mmol) in DCM (4.00 mL) is stirred for 2 hr at RT under N2. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure and then is purified by reversed Combi-flash chromatography eluting with 50% to 60% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3) to give the title compound (140 mg, 88.63%) as an off-white solid. ES/MS m/z 502.2 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 6-[1-(1-cyano-4-piperidyl)-5-methyl-triazol-4-yl]-4-[1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-2-methoxy-ethoxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions.
1Purified by Prep-TLC (PE:EtOAc 2:1).
2Purified by Xbridge C18 Column, 50*250 mm, 10 μm; eluting with 10% to 40% ACN in H2O (10 mmol/L NH4HCO3), B; flow rate: 25 mL/min; 254/220 nm.
3Purified by Prep-TLC (PE:EtOAc 1:2).
4Purified by Prep-TLC (PE:EtOAc 1:1).
5Purified by reverse phase chromatography eluting with 38% to 48% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), 254 nm.
2-[1-[3-cyano-6-[5-methyl-1-(4-piperidyl)triazol-4-yl]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-4-yl]oxyethyl]benzamide (63 mg, 0.13 mmol) and DIEA (52 mg, 0.40 mmol) in DCM (0.9 mL) is added a solution of BrCN (14 mg, 0.13 mmol) in DCM (0.1 mL). The mixture is stirred for 10 min then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography to afford the title compound (33 mg) LCMS m/z: [M+H]: 496.2; Rt=0.84 min
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 2-[1-[3-Cyano-6-[1-(1-cyano-4-piperidyl)-5-methyl-triazol-4-yl]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-4-yl]oxyethyl]benzamide using the appropriate reagents and adjusting the reaction times to determine completion of the reactions.
1Purification: Prep-TLC (PE/EtOAc 1:2)
2Reverse phase flash chromatography eluting with 0% to 100% ACN in H2O.
3Reverse phase flash chromatography eluting with 0% to 50% ACN in H2O.
4Reverse phase C18 chromatography eluting with 10% to 100% ACN in H2O.
5Reverse phase flash chromatography eluting ACN in H2O.
6Reverse phase C18 chromatography eluting with 10% to 100% ACN in H2O followed by Prep HPLC system eluting with 10% to 100% ACN in H2O.
7Reverse phase C18 chromatography eluting with 0% to 100% ACN in H2O.
8Reverse phase C18 chromatography eluting with ACN in H2O (0.1% FA).
4-[3-(4-[3-cyano-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)azetidin-1-yl]-2,2-dimethylpyrrolidine-1-carbonitrile (100 mg) is separated by Chiral-HPLC with the following conditions: Column, CHIRAL ART Cellulose-SC, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 1:1 hexanes:DCM and 30% iPrOH, 254/210 nm; t(R) Isomer 1 is 6.15 min (33.1 mg, 32.9%) as a white solid with 100% ee, t(R) Isomer 2 is 9.07 min (35.5 mg, 35.2%) as a white solid with 100% ee. ES/MS m/z 431.20 [M+H]+.
7-[5-Methyl-1-(4-piperidyl)triazol-4-yl]-5-[1-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-3-pyridyl]ethoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile.TFA (90.00 mg) is separated by Chiral-HPLC with the following conditions: Column CHIRALPAK ID, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 30% MTBE (0.1% diethylamine) and EtOH, 254/210 nm; 20 mL/min; t(R) Isomer 1 is 6 min (35.3 mg, 38.83%) with 100% ee, t(R) Isomer 2 is 10.4 min (34.6 mg, 37.87%) with 100% ee, ES/MS m/z 522.20 [M+H]+.
6-[1-(1-Cyano-4-piperidyl)-5-methyl-pyrazol-4-yl]-4-[1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-2-hydroxy-ethoxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile is separated by prep-chiral-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: CHIRALPAK ID, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 50% hexanes (10 mM NH3 in MeOH) in iPrOH, 254/270 nm, t(R) Isomer 1 is 11.90 min (319 mg, 35.4%) with 99% ee, ES/MS m/z 487.2 [M+H]+, t(R) Isomer 2 is 16.12 min (320 mg, 35.4%) with 96.1% ee, ES/MS m/z 487.2 [M+H]+.
4-[4-[3-Chloro-4-[1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-2-hydroxy-ethoxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carbonitrile is separated by prep-chiral-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: ART Cellulose-SB, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 20% 5:1 Hex:DCM (0.5% 2M NH3 in MeOH) in EtOH, 210/244 nm; t(R) Isomer 1 is 6.81 min (32 mg, 29.1%) with 100% ee, ES/MS m/z 497.2 [M+H]+, t(R) Isomer 2 is 8.00 min (31 mg, 28.2%) with 96.7% ee, ES/MS m/z 497.2 [M+H]+.
4-[4-[3-chloro-5-[1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-2-hydroxy-ethoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-yl]-5-methyl-triazol-1-yl]piperidine-1-carbonitrile is separated with the following conditions: Column: CHIRALPAK IF, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 30% EtOH:ACN (2:1) in hexanes (10 mM NH3 in MeOH); 246/310 nm; t(R) Isomer 1 is 14.56 min (39.6 mg, 12.5%) as an off-white solid with 99.5% ee, t(R) Isomer 2 is 17.6 min (44.6 mg, 14.1%) as an off-white solid with 95.12% ee. ES/MS m/z 497.2 [M+H]+.
7-[1-(1-Cyano-4-piperidyl)-5-methyl-triazol-4-yl]-5-[2,2,2-trifluoro-1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)ethoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile is separated with the following condition: Column: NB Lux i-Cellulose-5, 2.12*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 30% MTBE (10 mM NH3 in MeOH) in EtOH; 254/320 nm; t(R) Isomer 1 is 11.61 min (52.3 mg, 26.15%) with 100% ee, ES/MS m/z 526.2 [M+H]+.
7-[1-(1-Cyano-4-piperidyl)-5-methyl-triazol-4-yl]-5-[1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-2-methoxy-ethoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (110.00 mg) is separated by prep-chiral-HPLC with the following conditions: Column CHIRALPAK ID, 2*25 cm, 5 m; eluting with 30% MTBE (10 mM NH3-MeOH) and EtOH, 254/320 nm, t(R) Isomer 1 is 8.65 min (36.6 mg) with 100% ee, t(R) Isomer 2 is 11.51 min (30.9 mg) with 100% ee, ES/MS m/z 502.35 [M+H]+.
7-[1-(1-Cyano-4-piperidyl)-5-methyl-triazol-4-yl]-5-[1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)propoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (120 mg) is separated by prep-chiral-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: (R,R)-WHELK-01-Kromasil, 5*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 50% hexanes (10 mM NH3-MeOH) and EtOH, 254/220 nm, t(R) Isomer 1 is 7.27 min (52.9 mg) with 100% ee, t(R) Isomer 2 is 14.52 min (53.1 mg) with 100% ee, ES/MS m/z 486.20 [M+H]+.
6-[1-(1-Cyano-4-piperidyl)-5-methyl-triazol-4-yl]-4-[1-(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-2-methoxy-ethoxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (160 mg) is isolated by prep-chiral-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: CHIRALPAK ID, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 30% MTBE (10 mM NH3-MeOH) and EtOH, 250/215 nm, t(R) Isomer 1 is 7.06 min (61.5 mg) with 100% ee, t(R) Isomer 2 is 9.34 min (70.6 mg) with 100% ee, ES/MS m/z 502.20 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 4-[3-(4-[3-cyano-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-6-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)pyridine-1-yl]-2,2-dimethylpyrrolidine-1-carbonitrile, Isomer 1 and Isomer 2, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate.
1Column CHIRAL ART Amylose-SA, 2*25 cm, 5 μm, eluting with hexanes:DCM (5:1) (0.1% DEA) in 50% EtOH, flow rate 20 mL/min, 220/254 nm.
2Column CHIRALPAK IE, 2*25 cm, 5 μm, eluting with 50% EtOH in MTBE:hexanes (1:1, 0.1% DEA additive) in 22 min, 210/250 nm.
3Column CHIRAL ART Cellulose-SB, 2*25 cm, 5 μm, 40% EtOH in hexanes (10 mM NH3—MeOH), 25 mL/min, 250/210 nm.
4Column CHIRAL ART Cellulose-SC, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 40% EtOH in MTBE (10 mM NH3—MeOH); 20 mL/min; 250/215 nm.
5Column CHIRALPAK IE, 2*25 cm, 5 μm, eluting with 50% EtOH in MTBE (10 mM NH3—MeOH); flow rate: 20 mL/min; 254/210.
6Column: (S,S) Whelk-01, 21 × 250 mm; eluting with an 65% CO2 in MeOH (0.5% DMEA); flow rate 80 mL/min; UV at 225 nm.
7Column: CHIRALPAK AD-H, 21*150 mm; eluting with a 65% CO2 in EtOH (0.5% DMEA); flow rate 80 mL/min; UV at 245 nm.
8Column: CHIRALPAK AD-H, 21*150 mm; eluting with a 60% CO2 in MeOH (0.5% DMEA); flow rate 80 mL/min; UV at 245 nm.
9Column: CHIRALPAK AD-H, 21*250 mm; eluting with a 60% CO2 in MeOH (0.5% DMEA); flow rate 70 mL/min; UV at 225 nm.
10Column: CHIRALPAK AD-H, 20*150 mm; eluting with a 70% CO2 in EtOH (0.5% DMEA); flow rate 80 mL/min; UV at 254 nm.
11Column: CHIRALPAK AD-H, 21*250 mm; eluting with a 70% CO2 in EtOH (0.5% DMEA); flow rate 70 mL/min; UV at 225 nm.
12Column: Chiralpak AD-H, 21*150 mm; eluting with an 70% CO2 in iPrOH (0.5% DMEA); flow rate 80 mL/min; 310 nm.
13Column CHIRALPAK AS-H, 21*150 cm, eluting with 85% CO2 in EtOH (0.5% DMEA additive), flow rate 70 mL/min, 242 nm.
14Column: Lux Sum Cellulose-4, 2.12*250 mm, eluting with 60% CO2 in EtOH (0.5% DMEA).
15Reported t(R)'s are obtained using the following analytical conditions: SFC, Lux 5 μm Cellulose-4, 4.6*100 mm, 40% EtOH (0.5% DMEA)/CO2.
16Reported t(R)'s are obtained using the following analytical conditions: SFC, Chiralpak AD-H, 4.6 × 150 mm, 30% iPrOH (0.5% DMEA)/CO2, 5 mL/min, 225 nm.
17Column: CHIRALPAK AD-H, 21*150 mm; eluting with a 60% CO2 in MeOH; 225 nm.
18Reported t(R)'s are obtained using the following analytical conditions: SFC, Chiralpak AD-H, 4.6 × 150 mm, 40% MeOH/CO2, 5 mL/min, 225 nm.
19Column CHIRALPAK AS-H, 21*150 cm, eluting with 75% CO2 in MeOH, flow rate 80 mL/min, 225 nm.
20Column: CHIRALPAK AD-H, 21*250 mm; eluting with a 75% CO2 in EtOH (0.5% DMEA); flow rate 70 mL/min; UV at 255 nm.
21Reported t(R)'s are obtained using the following analytical conditions: SFC, Chiralpak AD-H, 4.6 × 150 mm, 25% EtOH (0.5% DMEA)/CO2, 5 mL/min, 225 nm.
22Column: Chiralcel-OD-H, 21*250 mm; eluting with a 60% CO2 in MeOH (0.5% DMEA); flow rate 80 mL/min; UV at 225 nm.
23Reported t(R)'s are obtained using the following analytical conditions: Column: Chiralcel-OD-H, 4.6*150 mm; eluting with a 40% MeOH (0.5% DMEA)/CO2; flow rate 5 mL/min; UV at 225 nm.
To 6-[5-methyl-1-(4-piperidyl)triazol-4-yl]-4-[1-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-3-pyridyl]ethoxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (200.00 mg, 0.40 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) is added DIEA (520.62 mg, 4.03 mmol) and BrCN (51.20 mg, 0.48 mmol) in portions at RT under N2. The reaction is stirred 2 hr at RT then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; mobile phase, eluting with 50% to 60% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3) to afford the titled compound as a white solid (170 mg, 80.92%). ES/MS m/z 522.1 [M+H]+.
6-[1-(1-Cyano-4-piperidyl)-5-methyl-triazol-4-yl]-4-[1-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-3-pyridyl]ethoxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile is subjected to prep-chiral-HPLC: Column, CHIRAL ART Amylose-SA, 2*25 cm, 5 m; eluting with 10% EtOH in Hex:DCM (5:1) (0.5% 2M NH3-MeOH) to afford 6-[1-(1-cyano-4-piperidyl)-5-methyl-triazol-4-yl]-4-[1-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-3-pyridyl]ethoxy] pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile, Isomer 1, t(R) is 16.5 min (30.5 mg, 17.9%) with 99.7% ee, ES/MS m/z 522.15 [M+H]+ and 6-[1-(1-cyano-4-piperidyl)-5-methyl-triazol-4-yl]-4-[1-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-3-pyridyl]ethoxy] pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile, Isomer 2, t(R) Isomer 2 is 22.5 min (42.1 mg, 24.8%) with 98.0% ee, ES/MS m/z 522.10 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 6-[1-(1-cyano-4-piperidyl)-5-methyl-triazol-4-yl]-4-[1-[5-(trifluoromethyl)-3-pyridyl]ethoxy]pyrazolo [1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile, Isomer 1, and Isomer 2, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate. Retention times reported in Table 57 are for the separated enantiomers.
1Racemate purification: Column: XBridge Prep C18 OBD, 19*150 mm, 5 μm; eluting with 45% to 80% MeOH in H2O (10 mmol/L NH4HCO3).
2Column: CHIRALPAK IF, 2*25 cm, 5 μm, eluting with 30% EtOH:MeOH (1:3) in hexanes (10 mM NH3—MeOH); flow rate: 20 mL/min; 246/310.
3Racemate purification: Prep-TLC (PE/EtOAc 1:2)
4Chiral ART Cellulose-SA, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 40% MeOH in MTBE (10 mM NH3—MeOH); flow rate 20 mL/min; 254/314 nm.
5Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 45% to 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), 254 nm.
6Column: CHIRALPAK IF, 2*25 cm, 5 μm, eluting with 30% EtOH:ACN (2:1) in hexanes (10 mM NH3—MeOH); flow rate: 20 mL/min; 246/310.
7Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 36% to 42% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), 254 nm.
8Column: CHIRALPAK IF, 2*25 cm, 5 μm, eluting with 40% EtOH:ACN (2:1) in hexanes (10 mM NH3—MeOH); flow rate: 20 mL/min; 246/310.
9Racemate purification: Reverse phase C18 chromatography eluting with 10% to 100% ACN in H2O.
10Column: Chiralpak AD-H, 250 × 21 mm; eluting with an 65% CO2 in EtOH (w/0.5% DMEA); flow rate 70 mL/min; UV at 225 nm. t(R) is obtained by SFC using the following analytical conditions: Chiralpak AD-H, 4.6 × 150 mm; 35% EtOH (0.5% DMEA)/CO2; 5 mL/min; UV at 225 nm.
11Racemate purification: Prep-TLC (PE/EtOAc = 1:1).
12Column: CHIRALPAK IC, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 10% EtOH in MTBE (10 mM NH3—MeOH), flow rate: 20 mL/min; 250/330 nm.
13Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 40% to 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), 254 nm.
14Column: Lux Cellulose-4, 2.12*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 50% EtOH:ACN (2:1) in Hex (10 mM NH3—MeOH); flow rate 25 mL/min; 254/318 nm.
15Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 30% to 40% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), 254 nm.
16Column: CHIRALPAK ID, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 30% EtOH in Hex: DCM (3:1) (0.5% 2M NH3—MeOH); flow rate 20 mL/min; 254 nm.
17Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 50% to 60% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), 254 nm.
18Column: CHIRALPAK IA, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 50% EtOH in Hex (10 mM NH3—MeOH), Flow rate: 20 mL/min; 254/210 nm
19Column: CHIRALPAK IA, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 10% EtOH in hexanes:MTBE (1:1) (0.5% 2M NH3—MeOH).
20Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 70% to 80% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), 254 nm.
21Column:Chiral ART Cellulose-SC, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 30% MeOH in MTBE (10 mM NH3—MeOH); flow rate 20 mL/min; 254/320 nm.
22Column: CHIRALPAK IF, 2*25 cm, 5 μm, eluting with 30% EtOH in MTBE (10 mM NH3—MeOH); flow rate: 18 mL/min; 254/230.
23Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 50% to 55% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), 254 nm.
24Column: CHIRALPAK IE, 2*25 cm, 5 μm, eluting with 50% MeOH in MTBE (10 mM NH3—MeOH); flow rate: 20 mL/min; 254/320.
25Column: CHIRALPAK IA, 2*25 cm, 20 μm; eluting with 50% EtOH in Hexanes:DCM (3:1) (0.5% 2M NH3—MeOH).
26Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 30% to 35% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4OH), 254 nm.
27Column: Chiral ART Cellulose-SC, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 30% MeOH in hexanes:MTBE 1:1) (2M NH3—MeOH); flow rate 20 mL/min; 256/212 nm.
28Racemate purification: Prep-TLC (EtOAc).
29Column: CHIRALPAK IG, 2*25 cm, 20 μm; eluting with 50% EtOH in hexanes:DCM (5:1) (0.5% 2M NH3—MeOH).
30Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 40% to 60% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), 254 nm.
31Column: CHIRALPAK ID, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 50% iPrOH in hexanes (10 mM NH3—MeOH); flow rate 25 mL/min; 254/270 nm.
32Kinetex EVO C18 Column, 21.2*150, 5 μm; eluting with 30% to 52% ACN in H2O (10 mmol/L NH4HCO3); flow rate: 25 mL/min; 254/220 nm.
33Column: CHIRALPAK IC, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 20% EtOH in MTBE (10 mM NH3—MeOH), flow rate:20 mL/min; 250/325 nm.
34Racemate purification: Column: XBridge Prep C18 OBD, 19*150 mm, 5 m; eluting with 34% to 45% ACN in H2O (10 mmol/L NH4OH).
35Column: CHIRALPAK IF, 2*25 cm, 5 μm, eluting with 15% EtOH in MTBE (10 mM NH3—MeOH); flow rate: 20 mL/min; 254/325.
36Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), 254 nm.
37Column: CHIRALPAK IA-3, 4.6*50 cm, 3 μm, eluting with 50% EtOH in MTBE (0.1% diethylamine); flow rate: 1 mL/min.
38Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 40% to 60% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA), 254 nm.
39Column: CHIRALPAK IE, 2*25 cm, 5 μm, eluting with 50% EtOH in MTBE (10 mM NH3—MeOH); flow rate: 20 mL/min; 254/325.
40Racemate purification: Reverse phase C18 chromatography eluting with 0% to 100% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), 254 nm.
41Chiral ART Cellulose-SB, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 30% EtOH in hexanes:MTBE (1:1) (0.5% NH3—MeOH)); flow rate 20 mL/min; 254/320 nm.
42Column: CHIRALPAK IA, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 50% EtOH in hexanes:MTBE (1:1) (0.5% 2M NH3—MeOH).
43Racemate purification: Column: XBridge Prep C18 OBD, 19*150 mm, 5 μm; eluting with 32% to 48% ACN in H2O (10 mmol/L NH4HCO3).
44Column: CHIRALPAK IF, 2*25 cm, 5 μm, eluting with 50% EtOH in hexanes:DCM (5:1) (0.1% diethylamine); flow rate: 18 mL/min; 254/220.
45Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 60% to 70% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), 254 nm.
46Column: CHIRALPAK IA, 2*25 cm, 5 μm, eluting with 50% EtOH in MTBE (10 mM NH3—MeOH); flow rate: 20 mL/min., 254/320 nm.
47Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 30% to 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4OH), 254 nm.
48Column: CHIRALPAK IA, 2.12*15 cm, 5 μm, eluting with 30% EtOH in MTBE (10 mM NH3—MeOH); flow rate: 20 mL/min., 254/300 nm.
49Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 10% to 50% ACN in H2O (NH4HCO3), 254 nm.
50Column: CHIRALPAK IA, 2*25 cm, 20 μm; eluting with 50% EtOH in hexanes:DCM (5:1) (0.5% 2M NH3—MeOH), flow rate: 18 mL/min., 254/220 nm.
51Column: CHIRAL ART Amylose-SA, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 10% EtOH in hexanes:DCM (5:1)(0.5% 2M NH3—MeOH, flow rate:20 mL/min., 254/210 nm.
52Racemate purification: Column: XBridge Prep C18 OBD, 19*150 mm, 5 μm; eluting with 21% to 43% ACN in H2O (10 mmol/L NH4HCO3).
53Column: CHIRALPAK IA, 2*25 cm, 20 μm; eluting with 30% EtOH in hexanes:DCM (5:1) (0.5% 2M NH3—MeOH), flow rate: 20 mL/min., 254/220 nm.
54Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 10% to 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA), 254 nm.
55Column: Lux Cellulose-4, 2.12*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 90% ACN in H2O; flow rate 25 mL/min; 254/220 nm.
56Column: CHIRALPAK IA, 2*25 cm, 5 μm, eluting with 50% EtOH in hexanes:MTBE (0.5% 2M NH3—MeOH); flow rate: 18 mL/min; 250/210.
58Column: CHIRALPAK IA, 2.12*15 cm, 5 μm, eluting with 30% EtOH in MTBE (10 mM NH3—MeOH); flow rate: 20 mL/min., 254/220 nm.
59Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 40% to 70% ACN in H2O (0.05% NH4HCO3), 254 nm.
60Column: CHIRALPAK IE, 2*25 cm, 5 μm, eluting with 30% EtOH in MTBE (10 mM NH3—MeOH); flow rate: 20 mL/min; 254/220.
61Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 47% to 53% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), 254 nm.
62Column: CHIRALPAK IF, 2*25 cm, 5 μm, eluting with 20% iPrOH in hexanes:DCM (5:1) (0.5% 2M NH3—MeOH); flow rate: 20 mL/min; 254/210.
63Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 25% to 55% ACN in MTBE, 254 nm.
64Column: NB Lux i-Cellulose-5, 2.12*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 20% EtOH in MTBE (10 mM NH3—MeOH); flow rate 20 mL/min; 254/320 nm.
65Racemate purification: Column: XBridge Prep C18 OBD, 19*150 mm, 5 μm; eluting with 43% to 53% MeOH in H2O (10 mmol/L NH4HCO3).
66Column: Lux Cellulose-4, 2.12*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 80% ACN in H2O; flow rate 25 mL/min; 254/220 nm.
67Column: CHIRALPAK IF, 2*25 cm, 5 μm, eluting with 20% EtOH in hexanes:DCM (3:1) (0.5% 2M NH3—MeOH); flow rate: 20 mL/min; 254/210.
68Chiral ART Cellulose-SB, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 10% EtOH in MTBE (10 mM NH3—MeOH)); flow rate 20 mL/min; 254/320 nm.
69Column: CHIRALPAK IA, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 50% EtOH in hexanes:DCM (3:1) (0.5% 2M NH3—MeOH).
70Column: CHIRALPAK ID, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 30% EtOH in MTBE (10 mM NH3—MeOH); flow rate 20 mL/min; 250/215 nm.
71Column: CHIRALPAK IA, 2*25 cm, 5 μm, eluting with 30% EtOH in MTBE (10 mM NH3—MeOH); flow rate: 20 mL/min., 254/215 nm.
72Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 36% to 40% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), 254 nm.
73Column CHIRALPAK IA, 2.12*15 cm, 5 μm, eluting with 20% EtOH in MTBE (10 mM NH3MeOH); flow rate: 20 mL/min., 254/220 nm.
74Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 10% to 50% ACN in H2O, 254 nm.
75Column: Chiral ART Cellulose-SC, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 40% EtOH in MTBE (10 mM NH3MeOH); flow rate 20 mL/min; 250/215 nm.
76Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 50% to 60% ACN in H2O, 254 nm.
77Column:(R,R)-WRELK-O1-Kromasil, 2.11*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 50% EtOH in hexanes:DCM (3:1)(0.5% 2M NH3—MeOH, flow rate 20 mL/min; 254 nm.
78Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 40% to 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), 254 nm.
79Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 85% to 90% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), 254 nm.
80Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 30% to 70% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), 254 nm.
81Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 10% to 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4OH), 254 nm.
83Column, CHIRAL ART Amylose-SA, 2*25 cm, 5 μm, eluting with hexanes:DCM (5:1) (0.5% 2M NH3—MeOH) in 20% EtOH, flow rate 20 mL/min, 254 nm.
84Column: CHIRALPAK ID, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 50% MeOH in MTBE (10 mM NH3—MeOH); flow rate 20 mL/min; 244/210 nm.
85Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 40% to 70% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), 254 nm.
86Column: CHIRALPAK IE, 2*25 cm, 5 μm, eluting with 20% MeOH in 1:1 Hex:MTBE (1:1)(0.5% 2M NH3—MeOH); flow rate: 20 mL/min; 246/310.
88Racemate purification: Reverse phase chromatography: Column, C18; eluting with 55% to 60% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), 254 nm.
89Column: CHIRALPAK ID, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 10% i-PrOH in Hex: DCM (1:1) (diethylamine); flow rate 20 mL/min; 220/254 nm.
90Column: CHIRALPAK IA, 21.2*250 cm,; eluting with 50% MeOH in CO2; flow rate 80 ml/min; 225 nm.
91Column: Chiralcel-OD-H, 21*250 mm; eluting with a 65% CO2 in MeOH; flow rate 80 mL/min; UV at 225 nm.
92Column: Chiralpak AD-H, 250 × 21 mm; eluting with an 65% CO2 in EtOH (0.5% DMEA); flow rate 70 mL/min; UV at 225 nm.
93Column: Chiralpak AD-H, 250 × 21 mm; eluting with an 50% CO2 in EtOH (0.5% DMEA); flow rate 70 mL/min; 254 nm.
94Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 40% to 50% ACN in H2O.
95Column: NB Lux i-Cellulose-5, 2.12*25 cm, 5 μm; Mobile eluting with 30% MeOH in MtBE (10 mM NH3—MeOH); Flow rate: 20 mL/min; 220/320 nm.
96Column: CHIRALPAK IF, 2*25 cm, 5 μm, eluting with 30% i-PrOH in hexanes:DCM (3:1) (0.5% 2M NH3—MeOH); flow rate: 20 mL/min; 254/220.
971H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 8.47 (d, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.61-7.52 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.37 (m, 1H), 6.74 (s, 1H), 5.62-5.56 (m, 1H), 4.56-4.44 (m, 1H), 4.20-04.05 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.25 (m, 4H), 2.98-2.67 (m, 6H), 2.64-2.44 (m, 4H), 2.32 (s, 3H).
99Racemate purification: flash reverse phase chromatography: Column: XB-C18, 250*50 mm, 10 μm; eluting with 20% to 50% CAN in aq. 10 mmol NH4HCO3; Flowrate:100 mL/min; 254/220 nm.
100Column: CHIRAL ART Cellulose-SZ, 3*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 50% EtOH in Hex (0.1% 2M NH3—MeOH); Flow rate: 40 mL/min; 244/280 nm.
101Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column, eluting with 50% to 60% ACN in H2O.
102CHIRALPAK IA, 2*25 cm, 5 μm; eluting with 15% MeOH in hexanes:MTBE (1:1) (0.5% 2M NH3—MeOH); 286/214 nm.
103Chiralpak IA, 21.2 × 250 mm column, eluting with 60% 60% CO2, in 40% MeOH (0.5% DMEA): 80 mL/min.
104Purified by reverse phase chromatography, C18 column
105Column: Chiralpak AS-H, 150 × 21 mm; eluting with an 75% CO2 in EtOH; flow rate 80 mL/min; UV at 250 nm.
To 3-cyano-5-[(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)(1-methoxycyclopropyl)methoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-ylboronic acid (400 mg, 1.05 mmol), 4-(4-bromo-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carbonitrile (424 mg, 1.57 mmol), XPhos (49.90 mg, 0.105 mmol) and K3PO4 (667 mg, 3.14 mmol) in dioxane (5 mL) and H2O (1 mL) is added XPhos Pd G3 (88.60 mg, 0.105 mmol) in portions at RT under N2. The reaction is stirred for 2 hr at 60° C. Upon cooling to RT, the reaction is diluted with H2O (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×30 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (2×20 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by Prep-TLC (EtOAc) to afford 7-[1-(1-Cyano-4-piperidyl)-5-methyl-triazol-4-yl]-5-[(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-(1-methoxycyclopropyl)methoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile as a yellow solid (130 mg, 24%). ES/MS m/z 528.2 [M+H]+.
7-[1-(1-Cyano-4-piperidyl)-5-methyl-triazol-4-yl]-5-[(5-fluoro-2-pyridyl)-(1-methoxycyclopropyl)methoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile is subjected to prep-chiral-HPLC: Column: CHIRALPAK IF, 2*25 cm, 5 m; eluting with 35% MeOH in hexanes:MTBE (1:1) (0.5% 2M NH3-MEOH), 320/254 nm; to afford the title compound, Isomer 1, t(R) is 9.04 min (38.9 mg, 32.4%) with 97.6% ee, ES/MS m/z 528.15 [M+H]+ and the title compound, Isomer 2, t(R) is 10.79 min (18.9 mg, 15.8%) with 97.6% ee, ES/MS m/z 528.40 [M+H]+.
A solution of 4-oxopiperidine-1-carbonitrile (80 mg, 0.65 mmol) and 6-[1-(azetidin-3-yl)-5-methylpyrazol-4-yl]-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (100 mg, 0.32 mmol) in MeOH (3 mL) is treated with NaBH3CN (102 mg, 1.62 mmol) and stirred overnight at RT under N2. The mixture is quenched with H2O (5 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The combined organic extracts are concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product (100 mg) is purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column, XBridge Shield RP18 OBD, 19*150 mm, 5 μm; eluting with a gradient of 30% to 50% ACN in H2O (10 mmol/L NH4HCO3) to give the title compound as a white solid (26.3 mg, 19.4%). ES/MS m/z 417.30 [M+H]+.
A solution of 6-[5-methyl-1-(piperidin-4-yl)-1,2,3-triazol-4-yl]-4-[(1R)-1-(pyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile.TFA (200 mg, 0.47 mmol), DIEA (603 mg, 4.67 mmol) in DCM (8 mL) is treated with BrCN (59 mg, 0.56 mmol) and stirred for 2 hrs at RT under N2. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18 silica; eluting with a gradient of 30% to 40% ACN in H2O (0.10 NH4HCO3) to give the title compound as a white solid (90.5 mg, 42.8%). ES/MS m/z 454.15 [M+H]+.
A stirred solution of 5-[(R)-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]-7-[5-methyl-1-(piperidin-4-yl)-1,2,3-triazol-4-yl]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile.HCl (85.0 mg, 0.19 mmol) and DIEA (246.0 mg, 1.90 mmol) in DCM (5.0 mL) is treated with BrCN (24.2 mg, 0.23 mmol) and stirred for 30 mi at 0° C. under N2. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 30% to 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3) to give the title compound as a white solid (32.9 mg, 36.2%). ES/MS m/z 472.10 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 4-(4-[3-cyano-5-[(1R)-1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)ethoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-7-yl]-5-methyl-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carbonitrile using the appropriate reagents, adjusting reaction time to allow for completion of the reaction, and altering the purification system as appropriate. Temperature is varied from 0° C. to RT.
1Column: Kinetex EVO C18, 21.2*150, 5 μm, mobile phase A: H2O (0.05% NH3H2O), mobile phase B: ACN.
2Column: XBridge Shield RP18 OBD, 19*150 mm, 5 μm, mobile phase A: H2O (0.05% NH3H2O), mobile phase B: ACN.
3Crude product is re-crystallized from MTBE (20 mL).
4Column: XBridge Prep C18 OBD, 19*150 mm, 5 μm, mobile phase A: H2O (10 mmol/L NH4HCO3), mobile phase B: ACN.
5Column: Gemini-NX C18 AXAI Packed, 21.2*150 mm, 5 μm, mobile phase A: H2O (0.1% FA), mobile phase B: ACN.
6Prep-TLC (PE:EtOAc 1:1) followed by trituration in Et2O (10 mL), filtration, and washing with Et2O (3 × 15 mL).
7Column: SunFire Prep C18 OBD, 19 × 150 mm, 5 μm, mobile phase A: H2O (0.1% FA), Mobile Phase B: ACN.
A solution of 4-methoxy-6-(5-methyl-1-[1-[(3S)-piperidin-3-yl]azetidin-3-yl]pyrazol-4-yl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (100 mg, 0.26 mmol) and DIEA (330 mg, 2.55 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) is treated with BrCN (27 mg, 0.255 mmol) and stirred for 2 hrs at −60° C. under N2. The mixture is warmed to RT, quenched with sat. NaHCO3 (aq.) (10 mL) and extracted with DCM (2×15 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (2×10 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 44% to 49% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3) to give the title compound as a white solid (30 mg, 28.20%). ES/MS m/z 417.20 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for (3S)-3-[3-(4-[3-cyano-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)azetidin-1-yl]piperidine-1-carbonitrile using the appropriate reagents, adjusting reaction time to determine completion of the reaction, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate. Temperature is varied from −60° C. to −75° C.
1Column: XBridge Prep C18 OBD, 19*150 mm, 5 μm, mobile phase A, H2O (10 mmol/L NH4HCO3), mobile phase B, ACN.
2Column: XBridge Shield RP18 OBD, 19*150 mm, 5 μm, mobile phase A, H2O (10 mmol/L NH4HCO3), mobile phase B, ACN.
3Column: Galaksil UP C18, 8 μm; mobile phase A: H2O (10 mmol/L NH4HCO3), mobile phase B: ACN.
A solution of 4-methoxy-6-(5-methyl-1-(piperidin-4-yl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (60 mg, 0.18 mmol) and K2CO3 (74 mg, 0.53 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) is treated with BrCN (23 mg, 0.21 mmol) and stirred for 16 hrs at 80° C. under N2. The mixture is cooled to RT, quenched with H2O (10 mL), and extracted with EtOAc (3×5 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (3×15 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column, Kinetex EVO C18 Column, 21.2*150, 5 μm; eluting with a gradient of 30% to 45% ACN in H2O (0.05% N3H2O) to give the title compound as a white solid (9 mg, 14). ES/MS m/z 362.15 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 4-(4-[3-cyano-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carbonitrile adjusting reaction time to allow for completion of the reaction and adjusting the purification system as appropriate. Temperature is varied from 80° C. to 100° C.
1Reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: C18; H2O (0.1% FA) in ACN.
A solution of 6-[1-(azetidin-3-yl)-5-methylpyrazol-4-yl]-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (80 mg, 0.26 mmol), BrCN (33 mg, 0.31 mmol) and Cs2CO3 (254 mg, 0.78 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) is stirred for 2 hrs at 80° C. The mixture is cooled to RT and purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; 10-50% ACN in H2O to give the title compound as an off-white solid (20.6 mg, 23.8%). ES/MS m/z 334.10 [M+H]+.
A mixture of 7-[1-(Azetidin-3-yl)-5-methyl-triazol-4-yl]-3-chloro-5-[(1R)-1-(2-pyridyl)ethoxy]imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine TFA (100.00 mg), 4-oxopiperidine-1-carbonitrile (90.86 mg, 0.73 mmol) and AcOH (1.47 mg, 0.02 mmol) in MeOH (5.00 mL) is stirred at 50° C. for 30 min under N2. Upon cooling to RT, NaBH3CN (23.00 mg, 0.37 mmol) is added in portions. The resulting mixture is stirred at 50° C. for 2 hr then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: Kinetex EVO C18 Column, 21.2*150, 5 μm; eluting with 21% to 47% ACN in H2O (0.05% NH4OH); 254/220 nm; to give the title compound as a white solid (16.3 mg, 12.9%). ES/MS m/z 518.20 [M+H]+.
A solution of 6-[1-(azetidin-3-yl)pyrazol-4-yl]-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile.TFA (100.00 mg), 4-oxopiperidine-1-carbonitrile (210.90 mg, 1.70 mmol) and AcOH (2.04 mg, 0.034 mmol) in MeOH (3.00 mL) is stirred for 40 min at 50° C. under N2. The solution is treated with NaBH3CN (42.70 mg, 0.68 mmol) at RT, and stirred for 1 hr at 50° C. The mixture is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 40% to 60% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3) to give the title compound as a white solid (23.8 mg, 17.40%). ES/MS m/z 403.25 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 4-[3-(4-[3-cyano-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]pyrazol-1-yl)azetidin-1-yl]piperidine-1-carbonitrile using the appropriate reagents, adjusting reaction time to determine completion of the reaction, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate.
1SunFire Prep C18 OBD Column; mobile phase A: H2O (0.1% FA), mobile phase B: ACN.
2XBridge Shield RP18 OBD Column, 19*150 mm, 5 μm, mobile phase A: H2O (0.05% NH3H2O), Mobile Phase B: ACN.
3XBridge Prep C18 OBD Column, 19*150 mm, 5 μm; mobile phase A: H2O (10 mmol/L NH4HCO3), mobile phase B: ACN.
AcOH (1.95 mg, 0.03 mmol) is added dropwise and NaBH3CN (61.14 mg, 0.97 mmol) is added in portions to a mixture of 6-(1-(azetidin-3-yl)-3-methyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile.TFA (90.00 mg, 0.32 mmol) and 4-oxopiperidine-1-carbonitrile (201.31 mg, 1.62 mmol) in MeOH (3.00 mL) at RT under N2. The mixture is stirred for 1 hr at 50° C. The reaction is quenched with NH4Cl (50 mL) and extracted with DCM (3×50 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with brine (2×100 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 40% to 50% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3) to give the title compound as a white solid (40.8 mg, 30%). ES/MS m/z 417.1 [M+H]+.
BrCN (42.71 mg, 0.40 mmol) is added in portions to a stirred solution of 4-methoxy-6-[1-(piperidin-4-yl)pyrazol-4-yl]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile.HCl (100.00 mg, 0.31 mmol) and DIEA (400.91 mg, 3.10 mmol) in DCM (5.00 mL), and the mixture is stirred for 1 hr at RT under N2. The mixture is quenched with H2O (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2×50 mL). The combined organic extracts are washed with sat. NaHCO3 (20 mL) and brine (2×20 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 45% to 55% ACN in H2O to give the title compound as a white solid (41.7 mg, 38.70%). ES/MS m/z 348.25 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for 4-(4-[3-cyano-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]pyrazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carbonitrile using the appropriate reagents, adjusting reaction time to determine completion of the reaction, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate.
1XBridge30 Prep C18 OBD Column, 19*150 mm, 5 μm, mobile phase A: H2O (10 mmol/L NH4HCO3), mobile phase B: ACN.
2Reverse flash chromatography: Column C18 silica gel, mobile phase A: H2O (0.1% NH3•H2O), mobile phase B: ACN.
3XBridge Shield RP18 OBD Column, 19*150 mm, 5 μm, mobile phase A: H2O (10 mmol/L NH4HCO3), mobile phase B: ACN.
4Prep-TLC (PE:EtOAc 1:2)
5Prep-TLC (DCM:MeOH 20:1).
6Reverse flash chromatography: column C18 silica gel, mobile phase A: H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), mobile phase B: ACN.
7XBridge Shield RP18 OBD Column, 19*150 mm, 5 μm, mobile phase A: H2O (10 mmol/L NH4HCO3), mobile phase B: MeOH.
8Reverse Flash Chromatography: Column C18 silica gel, mobile phase A: H2O (0.1% FA), mobile phase B: ACN.
9Prep-TLC (EtOAc:PE 1:1).
10Prep-TLC (EtOAc:PE 10:1).
11Reverse flash chromatography: Column C18 silica gel, mobile phase A: H2O, mobile phase B: ACN.
12Reverse Flash Chromatography: Column C18 silica gel, mobile phase A: H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), mobile phase B: ACN.
13Reverse Flash Chromatography: Column C18 silica gel, mobile phase A: H2O (0.1% FA), mobile phase B: ACN.
14Purification by trituration with iPrOH (5 mL).
15XBridge Shield RP18 OBD Column, 19*150 mm, 5 μm, mobile phase A: H2O (0.05% NH4OH), mobile phase B: ACN.
16Prep-TLC (DCM:MeOH 10:1).
17Reverse flash chromatography: Column C18 silica, gel eluting with a gradient of 50% to 60% ACN in H2O.
18Reverse chromatography, Column C18 silica gel, eluting with ACN in H2O (0.1% FA).
19After reverse phase purification fractions containing crude material are combined, pH adjusted to ~9.0 using sat. NaHCO3. Material extracted with 3:1 CHCL3:IPA. Organic phase is washed with H2O, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to a brown residue. Residue purified by reverse phase chromatography, eluting with 0% to 100% MeOH in DCM.
20Purified by reverse chromatography; Column: XSelect CSH Prep C18 OBD, eluting with ACN in H2O (0.1% FA).
211H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.59 (dt, 1H), 8.48 (s, 1H), 7.86 (td, 1H), 7.64 (d, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.37 (ddd, 1H), 6.82 (d, 1H), 6.02 (q, 1H), 4.67-4.43 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.51 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.11 (m, 1H), 2.47-2.36 (m, 4H), 2.22-1.91 (m, 4H), 1.80 (d, 3H), 1.05-0.86 (m, 1H), 0.70-0.61 (m, 1H), 0.59-0.51 (m, 1H), 0.49-0.42 (m, 1H), 0.35-0.22 (m, 1H).
22Purified by Prep-TLC (EA).
23Reverse chromatography, Column C18 silica gel, eluting with 30% to 45% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA).
BrCN (22.22 mg, 0.21 mmol) in DCM (1 mL) is added dropwise to a stirred solution of 6-[1-[(4R)-azepan-4-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-4-yl]-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carbonitrile (70 mg, 0.20 mmol) and DIEA (260 mg, 2.0 mmol) in DCM (6 mL). The mixture is stirred for 3 hrs at RT under N2 and then diluted with DCM (50 mL). The organic layers are washed with sat. NaHCO3 (aq.) (2×40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered, and the filtrate is concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by reverse Combi-flash chromatography with the following conditions: Column, C18; eluting with a gradient of 0% to 100% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3) to give the title compound as an off-white solid (25.6 mg, 38%). ES/MS m/z 376.2 [M+H]+.
The following compounds are prepared essentially as described for (4R)-4-(4-[3-cyano-4-methoxypyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)azepane-1-carbonitrile using the appropriate reagents, adjusting the reaction time to determine completion of the reaction, and adjusting the purification system as appropriate.
1Prep-TLC (PE:EtOAc 1:1), aqueous phase is quenched with NaClO solution at RT.
2Purified by reverse phase chromatography eluting with 10% to 95% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA).
3Purified by reverse phase chromatography eluting with 0% to 10% MeOH in DCM.
4Purified by reverse flash phase chromatography eluting with 10% to 50% ACN in H2O.
5Purified by reverse phase chromatography eluting with 0% to 100% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA).
6Purified by reverse phase chromatography eluting with ACN in H2O (0.1% FA).
7Purified by reverse phase chromatography eluting with 60% to 70% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3).
8Reaction is diluted with diluted with 3:1 CHCl3:IPA, washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
9Purified by reverse phase chromatography eluting with 10% to 95% ACN in H2O (0.1% FA). Fractions containing title compound are combined and pH adjusted to ~9.0 with aq. NaHCO3. Mixture extracted with 3:1 CHCl3:IPA. Organic phase washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo.
10Purified by reverse phase chromatography eluting with 10% to 100% ACN in H2O.
A solution of 4-(4-[4-[(1R)-1-(2-cyanophenyl)ethoxy]pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl]-5-methylpyrazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carbonitrile (73 mg, 0.162 mmol) and 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylimidazolidine-2,4-dione (16 mg, 0.081 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) is stirred for 1 hr at RT under N2. The reaction is quenched with sat. aq. NaHCO3. The mixture is extracted with DCM (100 mL). The combined organic layers are washed with brine (10 mL) then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by reverse flash chromatography: Column, C18; mobile phase, eluting with 10% to 70% ACN in H2O (0.1% NH4HCO3), 254 nm to afford the title compound (60 mg,76.37%) as a white solid (60 mg, 76%). ES/MS m/z 486.0 [M+H]+.
To a solution of 4-(4-(3-chloro-4-(1-(5-fluoropyridin-2-yl)-2-hydroxyethoxy) pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridin-6-yl)-5-methyl-1H-1,2,3-triazol-1-yl)piperidine-1-carbonitrile (150 mg, 0.302 mmol) and DIPEA (117 mg, 0.906 mmol) in DCM (1.5 mL) at−78C is added Tf2O (111 mg, 0.392 mmol). The cooling bath is then switched to a brine/ice bath and the reaction is stirred 1 hr at−20′° C. Next, a solution of 2,2-difluoroethan-1-amine (24.5 mg, 0.302 mmol) in DCM (0.5 mL) is slowly added to the reaction and the cooling bath is allowed to expire overnight. The reaction mixture is diluted with DCM (10 mL) and washed with NaHCO3 (10 mL), brine (10 mL), and the layers are separated. The organic layer is concentrated in vacuo. The residue is purified by reverse phase chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0% to 100% ACN in H2O to afford the title compound (110 mg, 65%). ES/MS m/z 560.4 [M+H]+.
The following compounds can be prepared essentially as described in the methods above.
The following assays demonstrate that compounds provided herein are FGFR3 inhibitors The following assays demonstrate that certain compounds provided herein selectively target FGFR3.
FGFR3 protein was purchased from Reaction Biology (Cat. No. 1068), and FGFR1 protein was purchased from ThermoFisher Scientific (Cat. No. PV4105). Enzyme activity was monitored using the KinEASE™-TK Assay Kit (Cisflio, Cat. No. 62TK0PEC) according to the manufacturer's instructions. All assays were performed at the respective KmATP for each kinase in KinEASE™ Kinase Buffer. Reactions were performed in a white, small volume polystyrene 384 well plate (Greiner, Cat. No. 784075-25).
An incubation was conducted with FGFR3 protein or FGFR1 protein, 125.0 nM TK-Biotin Substrate (CisBio), 7.81 nM Streptavidin-XL665 (CisBio), 0.25×Anti-Phosphorylate TK-Biotin-Cryptate (CisBio). Final enzyme concentrations were 0.25 nM in 10 uL reactions. Titration of compounds were performed in a half-log manner in 100% dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) starting at 1 uM. Prior to the initiation of the reaction by adenosine triphosphate (ATP), FGFR1 protein and compounds were pre-incubated for 15 minutes at room temperature, and FGFR3 protein and compounds were pre-incubated on ice for 15 minutes. Reactions proceeded for 30 min at 30° C. Plates were quenched by the addition of the Anti-TK cryptate antibody/Streptavidin-XL665 mixture. After 1 hour. in the stopping solution, the plates were read on the Envision plate reader ((Perkin Elmer) (Ex. Filter. 320 nm and Em1 665 nm/Em2 615 nm)).
Ratios were converted to a percent of control (POC) using a ratiometric emission factor. One hundred POC was determined using no test compound, and 0 POC was determined in the presence of 1 uM of an appropriate control inhibitor. A 4-parameter logistic curve was fit to the POC values as a function of the concentration of compound, and the IC50 value was the point where the best fit curve crossed 50 POC.
In the above assays the compounds of Examples 1-160, 165-275, 280, 281 and 287-298 all exhibited IC50 values of less than 350 nM for FGFR3.
In the above assays the compounds of Examples 13, 21, 22, 24, 26, 41, 43, 45, 47, 48, 49, 51, 53, 61, 63, 68, 75, 77, 79, 94, 99, 142, 152, 154, 155, 156, 157, 169, 170, 171, 173, 179, 183, 189, 195, 201, 208, 209, 212, 215, 222, 225, 226, 228, 233, 245, 257, 264, 274, 280, 281, 291, 292 and 297 all exhibited IC50 values of less than 100 nM for FGFR3 and are at least 3 fold more selective for FGFR3 than for FGFR1.
In the above assays the compounds of Examples 21, 22, 24, 26, 41, 43, 45, 47, 48, 49, 51, 53, 61, 63, 68, 79, 94, 99, 152, 154, 155, 156, 157, 169, 170, 171, 173, 179, 183, 189, 195, 201, 208, 209, 212, 215, 222, 226, 228, 245, 257, 280, 281, 291, 292 and 297 all exhibited IC50 values of less than 50 nM for FGFR3 and are at least 10 fold more selective for FGFR3 than for FGFR1.
| Number | Date | Country | |
|---|---|---|---|
| 63156527 | Mar 2021 | US |
| Number | Date | Country | |
|---|---|---|---|
| Parent | 17685753 | Mar 2022 | US |
| Child | 18538505 | US |
